YFP 087: Student Loan Updates with Travis Hornsby


Student Loan Updates with Travis Hornsby

On this episode of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast, Tim Ulbrich interviews Travis Hornsby, Founder of Student Loan Planner and Chief Student Loan Planner. Travis shares student loan updates and talks about his journey starting the Student Loan Planner, the most common mistakes he sees pharmacists making with their student loans, the pros and cons of student loan refinancing, what legislative changes he anticipates will happen and the one step you can take today if you are feeling overwhelmed with where to go next with your student loans.

About Today’s Guest

Travis started Student Loan Planner in October 2016 after helping his wife and her friends figure out their six figure student loans. He used to be a bond trader, so he took his Excel heavy skill set and built models for how to save money paying back student debt. When he and his wife tackled her debt from med school, there were not a lot of resources out there for professionals like her. Most of the sites that did exist just wanted us to refinance so they could earn a commission.

Summary

Travis Hornsby, founder of Student Loan Planner, talks all things student loans with Tim Ulbrich. The Student Loan Planner has saved 1,500 clients a projected $80 million over the lifetime of their loans.

Before launching the Student Loan Planner, Travis worked as a bond trader for one of the world’s largest companies. However, he wasn’t excited about getting up for work in the morning. He sought early retirement, traveled the world, and met his now wife who had a lot of medical school debt. Travis used his experience with Excel to model paying off her student loans and did the same process later for a lot of their friends. This experience paired with his realization of how little or bad advice is given for paying off student loans led him to create his Student Loan Planner business.

Travis provides insight and updates for different loan repayment options and reminds those with pharmacy school student loan debt that they have a lot of options.

First, Travis discusses the Public Service Loan Forgiveness program (PSLF). He shares that a lot of people are getting the story wrong about the history and working of PSLF and thinks that in the future, borrowers taking this path will be grandfathered in to complete the program, even if the program has changed or doesn’t exist anymore.

Travis also discusses the return of investment of the pharmacy degree and that it’s important to take your focus off of debt and think about your broad financial goals, as this can aid in determining which repayment plan to chose. He also speaks about the refinancing market and how to know if that’s the option that will work best for your situation depending on your debt-to-income ratio. Travis talks about the benefits of the “refinancing ladder” and that you are able to refinance your loans multiple times.

He also gives advice to those that may be feeling overwhelmed by their debt. Travis shares that it’s important to determine what your goal is, whether it’s to get your student loan balance to zero or for your loans to be forgiven. This will help you determine which path to take and allow you to plan out how to repay your loans.

Mentioned on the Show

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Travis, welcome to the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast!

Travis Hornby: Great to be here, thanks for having me, Tim.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, I’m excited to have you on and talk all things student loans and excited to be able to pick your brain as somebody I view to be a leading expert in this space and hear more about the work you’ve done at Student Loan Planner and also talk about this topic, this behemoth that is student loans, the impact on pharmacy graduates, what you’re seeing with your clients and the future of student loans. Specifically, we’ll talk a little bit about loan forgiveness, refinancing and other things that I know our listeners are in tune with or want to learn more about. And Travis, I have to say, I was reflecting as I was going back, preparing for this episode. I think it was just over two years ago I heard about your journey, we had a phone call, got a chance to talk a little bit about the vision of what we each were working on. And it’s been incredible to watch what you have been doing over at Student Loan Planner, so congratulations on the work that you’ve done.

Travis Hornby: Thanks, and you know, great work as well, educating pharmacists and making them more financially literate. It’s badly, badly needed. So really grateful for Your Financial Pharmacist being out there. We’ve got very similar positive missions to try to help people as a community, so it’s exciting to talk.

Tim Ulbrich: Absolutely. And before I ask you to talk a little bit more about your journey of starting Student Loan Planner, I want to make our audience familiar with the work that you’re doing if they’re already not, so StudentLoanPlanner.com, and you have saved over 1,500 clients a projected $80 million over the lifetime of their loans. And we’ll talk a little bit about how you have done that. And the website, again, StudentLoanPlanner.com, is an incredible resource: up-to-date information, you’ve got the blog, you’ve now got the podcast we’ll talk about here in a little bit, calculators, quizzes. Your calculators are phenomenal. Is that you building those? I mean, that’s amazing if you’ve been building those calculators.

Travis Hornby: Yeah, you know, I did build it. That’s my background, I was a bond trader for one of the world’s largest investment companies, and you know, the career path is keep your head down, make a lot of good trades, you’ll work your way up to being a portfolio manager, and that’s a wonderful career path. It’s a very numerative career path, but it just wasn’t for me. It wasn’t what got me up in the morning, really passionate and excited to go to work. And I’m a big believer that no matter whether that’s in your field that you initially chose or whatever it is, you should try to seek it out. And so for me, that kind of led me to trying to do early retirement. So I actually quit my job at 25 and traveled the world for a little bit and then ended up dating this woman who had a lot of student loan debt, my now wife. And she had a lot of debt from medical school, and so I was thinking, well, you know, I’ve got all these Excel skills fresh out of being a bond trader. I should use these to model it for her. And I did. And then she told me to tell all her friends about it because they were in the same boat. And then we had friends when we were up in Philadelphia that were in a bunch of different graduate programs, and I found that the math was applicable to their situations as well. And then I thought, wow, this is a lot more fun than making rich people richer. Not that that’s a terrible thing because a lot of big investors are mom-and-pop type people, and that’s a noble goal, but it just wasn’t something that made me super excited to help people that already had figured out their financial issues.

Tim Ulbrich: So Travis, what were you seeing at the time in terms of — you mentioned your situation with your wife and the journey that you guys had paying that off, and you’ve kind of brought your experiences together as a bond trader. You had this desire of kind of doing something you are passionate about. What did you see in your own journey as it related to paying off student loan debt and achieving that vision of becoming debt-free? And why were you then passionate about spreading that onto others?

Travis Hornby: Sure. So a lot of your pharmacists that are listening to this that work at not-for-profit or government employers will really feel the pain here, will really feel our pain. So my wife worked at a not-for-profit employer when she was in residency and in fellowship. So she had a bunch of credit towards loan forgiveness. And then at about year 7 or 8, you know, in terms of the numbers of years toward the 10 that she needed to get public service loan forgiveness, she submitted all the paperwork after I made her realize that hey, this is a thing, you should really apply for this, you should be eligible for this and then we should be able to just cap your payments out on the IBR plan for the last two or three years of it when you’re attending, and we should be able to get $100,000 wiped away. And so I submitted all the forms, and then Fed Loan came back to us and said, “You don’t have any credit on half of your loans. And on the other half of your loans, you only have three years of credit.”

Tim Ulbrich: Classic, right?

Travis Hornby: Yeah. I was just blown away by this. I said, how is this possible that you’ve made all these payments based on your income for seven years and you have almost no credit for a lot of your loans and barely any on the other half? So I thought that was just absurd, and so I ran the numbers again to see, well, pretend that she gets the full three years of credit on everything, what does that mean for the rest of the PSLF path? Should we count on this or not? And her debt was small enough, you know, thankfully, that we just decided that the projected savings, there might be like $20,000 or $30,000 left over at the end of the 10 years, so we’re just going to refinance it and pay it off really quickly. So that’s what we did. So we paid off her $124,000 of med school debt, which is, you know, very low compared to a lot of people that I talk to. And we’re very blessed that it wasn’t very high, but at the same time, it’s really crazy because it should be the injustice of this whole system going through this personally because her parents were first-generation Americans coming over here from Hong Kong and then Canada. And they really sacrificed and put tons of their savings into her med school to try to help her come out with less debt. And if she’d only had better guidance, she not only could have had her parents keep a lot of that money, but she could have paid even less of it back if she had had that information early on in the process. So I thought that was just so outrageous that one, the cost was already so high for medical school. But second, that she got such bad advice from that same medical school that caused her to be kind of taken advantage of by the loan services, just the fact that cost us five, even six, figures. I just thought that was terrible, and I didn’t want that to happen to anybody else.

Tim Ulbrich: I love that you took your personal pain and obviously, you know, nobody wants to go through that, but taking that personal pain and turning it into good and teaching others. And I think as I follow your blog, I weekly kind of follow, I think you’re an incredible teacher of taking what is a unbelievably complicated subject — probably one we both agree is unnecessarily complicated — and really breaking it down in a way that people can understand and really take a step back to say, what is the best student loan repayment option for my personal situation? And I know coming out of school, similar type of a journey, as I look back, I could have went Public Service Loan Forgiveness, I could have refinanced, didn’t know what either of those were, didn’t have the education, didn’t have the tools. I couldn’t tell you what was subsidized, unsubsidized. I couldn’t tell you IBR and PAYE and REPAYE. I didn’t have any idea any of that knowledge. And I think that’s a consistent theme we see with lots of pharmacists, I’m sure you see with your clients, and being able to break that down and as you work with people one-on-one to say, hey, based on your situation, this is really what we think is the best path forward I think is incredible. So that’s been fun to watch your journey and see that grow along the way. So let’s talk while we’re in the moment of loan forgiveness, let’s talk about that for a minute because I think there’s so much swirling right now about Public Service Loan Forgiveness. We’ve talked about it on this podcast on multiple occasions. In Episode 018, we talked about maximizing the benefits of PSLF. Episode 078, we just recently talked about whether or not pursuing loan forgiveness is a waste. And so much news swirling around about, you know, at 99.x% of applicants being rejected and you know, is this something as a new pharmacist graduate that might actually be viable for me or not? So give us the lowdown on what’s going on with loan forgiveness. Is there any new news out there? What should recent graduates be considering as they potentially pursue this path?

Travis Hornby: Yeah, that’s a great question. So the listeners that are planning on loan forgiveness or afraid that they might not get it, they first need to realize historically what happened with this proram. So this program was around since 2007 on the books but functionally, it really didn’t exist until like 2009. And in earnest, it didn’t exist until 2010. And the reason is because you had FFEL loans before 2010 that were basically loans issued under an old loan program. So before 2010, when the government took over all student loan lending and created everyone had to use the direct loan program past that point. Prior to that point, you had this FFEL loans, which are basically bank loans that are backed by the government. And those loans, because you can think of the banks being the ones that actually hold the debt, obviously they wouldn’t want those loans forgiven, right? And so the government essentially gave them basically allowed the banks to not have to deal with the PSLF thing for those loans. And so when 2010 rolled around, then everybody started getting direct loans by default without having to do anything special. And everybody had access to things called Income-Based Repayment that people could sign up for without having to be a PhD-level expert in Department of Education bureaucracy. So a lot of people look at these statistics, and they get really depressed. But the problem with that is that you have to look at what happened 10 years ago to understand why so few people are getting approved today. And that’s a very hard thing to do and explain in a quick 800-word article on CNBC or something like that. So that’s the problem is a lot of people are getting the story wrong because yeah, like it was almost impossible to have loans that qualified in 2008 and 2009. That’s why you’re only seeing people that basically went to like one-year Master’s degrees that documented everything perfectly, they got super, super lucky being the ones that are getting approved right now. And so for that reason, I don’t personally believe that we’re going to see any large-scale forgiveness for PharmDs until about 2023. I think that’s when we’re going to see the first cohort that had been on an income-driven program for, you know, 10 years consistently and actually has a full slate of PharmD debt that they’re going to get forgiven. So a lot of the people out there that are pharmacists, you know, don’t expect any shocking news until then.

Tim Ulbrich: And you actually recently talked with — or I can’t remember, you might have blogged about it — a real, live person who actually had loan forgiveness, right? I mean, they do actually exist.

Travis Hornby: They do. Yeah, it was great. She sent me an email — that’s one of the best parts of having a student loan blog and just being super focused on that alone is, you know, I got this long email from this person who was like, this is my story. Feel free to use it. And I was like, absolutely. I’ll take you up on that. So I wrote a blog post about it, and she only had $19,000 from a very short, abbreviated degree program in like 2008 that just happened to be from one of the right schools. Because they had direct loans prior to 2010, but it was very limited. And so this person just happened to have the right kind of debt, she had signed up for the wrong kind of program, but she followed the TEPSLF rules, the Temporary Expanded PSLF rules, precisely. And she ended up getting loan forgiveness, and it was amazing. She even got refunds for all of the payments that she made that she shouldn’t actually have to make based off of her payment count. So that’s really amazing. Like anybody that’s worried about not getting PSLF needs to probably read that article because it shows you that not only are they going to cover it and give it to you, they’re also going to give a literal refund for all of that money that you pay that you shouldn’t have had to pay. So that’s the most amazing program that you can really think of in terms of if you can actually get it.

Tim Ulbrich: So one of the questions I probably get most often, Travis, is what is the future of this? And what certainty, if any, what’s the political climate? And obviously, none of us have a crystal ball, but as you’re in this each and every day in the weeds, I mean, do you foresee major legislative changes coming in the future? And if so, should there be any security that people feel in terms of being grandfathered in in terms of when those rules may be changed?

Travis Hornby: Yeah, so the thing that people need to realize is the way that the U.S. government works is the grandfather people in, and they make changes on a long-term basis. So a perfect example for this is social security. Social security, whenever they need to fix the program, they don’t cut benefits for people that are currently retired because they don’t want to make people super angry at them in the short term. So politicians is the “them” that I’m talking about. So what they do is instead, they just gradually raise the retirement age over time. So if you talk to people that are looking at social security, their retirement age goes up by like I think it’s 2 months every year or so for the next x amount of years until it hits 67. So something similar like that’s going to happen, I think, with PSLF. I think that it’s very, very expensive, this program. People have no idea how expensive it’s going to be from the taxpayers’ perspective. So I do expect it to get phased out eventually. I think that you’re going to a future Congress realize that it’s way, way more expensive than they thought probably in the early 2020s, and then I think that they’re going to probably curtail it or eliminate it, but they’re going to eliminate it for future borrowers, and they’re going to eliminate it for people who start graduate school after a certain point. So it’s going to be real interesting to see what grad programs do. I would imagine they’ll probably try to enroll a lot of people early. You know, so they can get access to this. But yeah, I do think it’s going to end at some point in the next, say, 5-10 years. But I think it’s going to end for people who have never taken out yet. So I think that the PSLF promises that are being made now will be continued to be paid out well into the early 2030s.

Tim Ulbrich: Awesome. I’m going to switch gears for a minute here and talk about the ROI of the pharmacy degree. You’ve blogged on this topic, and we’ve talked about it here. We’re in a landscape that is shifting. We’re hopeful, I think, as those that love the profession we’re going to see this shift back, but obviously supply-and-demand, and actually just yesterday, I got an email from somebody in the YFP community talking about they’re a fourth-year graduate, getting ready to go out into the market, they’re worried about the market being saturated, salaries are decreasing, and they’re basically looking at between salary reductions and a reduction in the number of hours, planning on a base salary somewhere around $85,000. And the question being, what can I, what should I be doing to plan financially for that? And I think historically, the message that I felt and many others have felt that don’t worry about the student loans, you’re going to have a great income. Well, that story is changing. So as you’re working with clients, Travis, specifically your pharmacy clients, are you seeing this trend? Are you seeing the shift? And what are some of the things that you’re trying to help them think about in terms of intentionality of student loan repayment? Maybe being strategic about finding an employer that qualifies for loan forgiveness, refinancing, how does this shifting ROI of the degree in the job market impact their plan to pay back student loans?

Travis Hornby: Sure. So the average pharmacist client that we’ve had has had about $214,000 of student loan debt. So that’s obviously a multiple of what the first-year starting salary is. If you were going to talk about the average income being $85,000, then in terms of the average that we’ve seen, that would a debt-to-income ratio of about 2.5, 2.5 times income. So generally, what we tell people is if you have a debt-to-income ratio that’s above 1.5-to-1, and this is at a family level, then that means that you probably need to go for loan forgiveness, you know, in some fashion. Basically, what you need to realize is that if you try to refinance this thing, it’s kind of like walking in front of a train. If you’re making $85,000 a year, you have $200,000 in debt, you’ll have to pay $2,000 a month for 10 years. So that’s about a third of your take-home pay going to debt. That’s really not that sustainable.

Tim Ulbrich: For 10 years.

Travis Hornby: For 10 years. That’s really not a sustainable or a smart decision. And that’s not anything, that’s not a mean statement, that’s just reality of math. And you could pay the debt back, but if you do, then you’re not going to be accomplishing things like saving for retirement, saving for your kids’ college, you know, buying a house, like doing all these other financial goals that are really important. So one thing that I like to tell somebody is take your focus off of the debt from a really zoned-in level and start thinking more about, you know, what are your broad financial goals? And how does that fit into your debt repayment? So for example, if somebody has $120,000 in pharmacy school debt and they are one of those lucky folks who does get a full-time job at a CVS in maybe a rural location making $120,000-130,000 a year, yeah, sure. Refinancing can make a lot of sense. And paying it back in five years and doing a refi ladder where you start with a 10-year, refi to a 5-year later, you know, and getting rid of it as fast as you can, that’s a great decision. But when you’ve got an $85k type of income, I’m assuming that this person’s not working at a community hospital or an eligible not-for-profit. So that’s one of the biggest misconceptions that I’ve run into with pharmacists is they’re not aware of the other loan forgiveness. So the IDR loan forgiveness. And that’s going to be more and more important for pharmacists. You know, one thing that I think is fascinating is $85,000 is still an amazing salary. That’s still really good compared to your typical person that’s going to go work for a corporation and make $50,000-60,000 a year. And if you’re working 32 hours a week for that income, that’s exceptional. And the reality is I think we’re going to continue to see, you know, this decline in salaries because of the acceptance rate of pharmacy schools is so high overall. And so I think for a person who’s in pharmacy school now, you think about this from a positive perspective is the worst case scenario, your debt is a tax. It’s a percentage of your income. And so if you lose 10% of your income to student loans, and that’s your cost — I know you have to put a couple hundred dollars away for a tax bomb one day — then that $85,000 income can actually be pretty attractive. And to take it a step further, you know, how many people out there can go earn a $50,000-60,000 a year job or salary, rather, working 20-25 hours a week? Not a lot of people.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, I think that’s great insight. And we’ve talked before on the show, and I want to emphasize it again because I don’t think we talk enough about what we call non-PSLF forgiveness, or the other PSLF forgiveness. And I think you’re spot-on with this debt-to-income ratio, if that continues to trend in the direction we’re seeing it trend, that option is going to become all the more important as when you evaluate. And I also would add to that, Travis, and we’ll talk here fo a minute about refi, but as interest rates are climbing, obviously, that changes the math a little bit on the refi. And I like the example that you used of pharmacists coming out, maybe they have a lower debt load than the average, so maybe $110,000-120,000. Maybe they’re making $120,000-130,000, they’ve got one of those full-time jobs that’s paying a decent salary, well then obviously, paying them off or refinancing looks very different than somebody maybe who has $250,000 of debt and they’ve got an $85,000 income. And to Tim Baker’s credit, one of the things he talks a lot about, and I appreciate his external view into the pharmacy world is that we typically don’t think about career advice in the sense of seeking something like a qualifying employer for loan forgiveness, right? We often are thinking about it specifically on the type of pharmacy practice that you’re interested in, salaries have been relatively equal since I graduated in 2008. You aren’t seeing huge discrepancies from one area to another. But we are starting to see that trend happen. And I think now, a very important consideration is if you’re somebody that has an extremely debt-to-income ratio, then really that choice of employer and potentially being able to pursue Public Service Loan Forgiveness is going to be a viable option. So Travis, as a follow-up to that, what are the trends you’re seeing in the refi market? It feels to me that six or 12 months ago, even maybe a year or two years ago, the math on that was very lucrative because of where interest rates are. And I feel like that’s tapered off a little bit as interest rates have come up. What have you seen in terms of the clients that you’re working with?

Travis Hornby: Yeah, I mean, a few months ago, that was definitely the case. It’s gotten a little bit better because the 10-year Treasury yield has declined a little bit again with a little bit of uncertainty in the economy and the government shutdown, China’s economy being a little bit slower growth than expected, so I think that the refi opportunity will exist for at least probably the next few years. I’m not sure if it’s going to go completely away. I don’t think it will because, you know, a reminder for folks that when you borrow in school, it is tied to what the government’s borrowing cost is. So you know, eventually, if interest rates keep rising, you will also feel it in your student loans that you’re taking out while you’re in school. You know? So last year, Grad Plus was 7%. This year, it’s 7.6%.

Tim Ulbrich: Ugh.

Travis Hornby: Yeah, so even though you might not be able to refi to like a 4% or 4.5%, you know, if you can still refi to like 5-5.5%, and you’re having to borrow at 7.5% or 8% or 8.5%, like that’s still savings, you know? But yeah, the refi market, I think the one thing that I’d like people to know more of — and we have a similar philosophy too on how we hook people up with the refi deals because you guys obviously have a lot of great bonuses on your site — and the thing to do is to refinance multiple times. So I did a survey of our readers, had almost 1,000 responses, and only half of them knew that you could even refinance more than one time.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, we see that a lot too.

Travis Hornby: Yeah. So for example, like you can refinance for — say you’re one of those people making $130k and you have $120k in student loan debt, well, you don’t want to do a five-year because that payment’s going to be over $2,000 a month, and what if you lose your job? What if you want to move? What if you want to work part-time or something like that happens? So that’s a very common feeling. And so rather than jump right into a five-year, what you can do is you can do a 10- or a 15-year where the payment’s around $1,000-1,300 a month, something like that, and you can pay extra. So you can pay maybe $2,000-3,000 a month to really knock the debt down. And then once you knock the debt down a bunch, then you can refinance it again and maybe cut your 4.5% or 5% rate down to maybe a 3.5% or 4% rate with about the same monthly payment by refinancing to a shorter term. So that’s called a refi ladder, and a lot of people don’t understand that. And that’s something that could save people money. I will say this, though, the refi thing, I don’t want people to get super focused on the refi thing because that will save you several thousand dollars, it really can in terms of interest costs. And if you pay down your debt faster than you would otherwise, it could save you tens of thousands. But loan forgiveness can save you hundreds of thousands in certain situations. So that’s why, you know, you’ve got to be real careful also about not making extra payments. One problem that I see people make or one mistake that I see people make — I’ll give you an example. I had a buddy who was a community pharmacist at a hospital system, and he was paying on the standard 10-year plan. So he was paying on $200k of debt about $2,000 a month, you know, instead, he could have been on the Revised Pay As You Earn plan, and he could have been paying about like $690 a month. So you know, saving almost a little over $1,300 a month, and he was eligible for Public Service Loan Forgiveness.

Tim Ulbrich: And maxing out a retirement account and all of that jazz, right?

Travis Hornby: Yeah. And then he could reduce his student loan payment even more. So and that’s the PSLF example. You know, the flip side to that is a pharmacist who wants to have a family, work 20 hours a week, wants to have more time for hobbies or whatever that reason would be. And then that person can pay, you know, say $400 a month working part-time. And then you just have to make sure you’re prepared for that tax bomb when it hits in 20-25 years.

Tim Ulbrich: So I hope the students that are listening, hopefully one of the take-home messages you’re getting as you’re hearing Travis drop lots of wisdom here is knowledge around this topic is obviously going to be able to influence a decision that could save tens if not hundreds of thousands of dollars. So using this time, you know, before you graduate, before you go through the grace period, to really identify for your personal situation, taking a step back, looking at all of your financial goals, looking at the type of job you’re going to pursue, residency, no residency, all these variable, debt-to-income ratio, and coming up with the best student loan repayment option is huge. Refi ladder, Travis, I like that. I know the concept, we talk about it. We talk about that idea, but I think you should brand that. So I haven’t heard that term used before.

Travis Hornby: Yeah, I should trademark it, right?

Tim Ulbrich: Absolutely.

Travis Hornby: I got a lot of zingers here, you know? I mean, yeah. There’s all kinds of weird things that I’ve learned doing this that you wouldn’t think about unless you’ve really had a lot of cases. So I’ve done over 1,000 plans personally. I think that’s more than anybody else in the country. I’m not positive, but I think that is. And you know, advised more than 330 million myself.

Tim Ulbrich: That’s incredible.

Travis Hornby: Yeah, so that’s pretty bad because that tells you how much debt it out there, you know?

Tim Ulbrich: Well, you’ve got $1.what? $1.4 trillion more to go? Something like that?

Travis Hornby: Yeah, exactly. So I mean, so one example is something called the breadwinner loophole, that’s another one of my weird terms I’ve come up with. So for example, a pharmacist in California might be making $90,000 a year, maybe she has a stay-at-home spouse, and that spouse makes nothing. And she’s eligible for Pay As You Earn. Well, in community property states, you can file separately for taxes and equally distribute income. So you can equally distribute income based on community property rules in these certain states. There’s like nine of them. And then you can basically have instead of an income of say $90,000, her income would be $45,000. And because you equalize the incomes, you also eliminated most of the tax penalty from filing separately as a married couple. So that’s an example of just some random thing that, you know, we realized probably a year into doing this that people could do since the payments are based on your adjusted gross income. And you know, we’ve not received any guidance on this yet, but it certainly seems like this is a legitimate way to approach repayment in these nine specific community property states. So that’s another one of these random things that you wouldn’t really think about unless you do this all day, every day. So that’s one thing that I like about our focus is we really do focus just on people that have $50,000-$1 million of student loan debt. Really, our primary client is in the $200-500k range. But you know, it lends itself for having a deep specialty level of expertise on something that’s very complicated. You don’t have to worry about getting the broad financial plan together, the insurance or things like that. That’s somebody else’s job.

Tim Ulbrich: Tim Baker, that’s your job. Yeah.

Travis Hornby: Exactly, yeah.

Tim Ulbrich: What are, Travis, some of the most common mistakes that you’re seeing pharmacy graduates make as it comes to their student loans? I mean, I’m sure there’s a ton of them. After you do enough of these, you start to see some I’m guessing repetitive things that are happening over and over again that our listeners can be aware of.

Travis Hornby: Well, for your pre-pharmacy listeners, there’s a whole bunch of schools that have opened up to basically take your money. And that’s why they exist. I mean, that’s just my personal opinion. But you know, you have like high-quality schools, you know? Like UNC or like Ohio State, that’s where you’re at, right, Tim?

Tim Ulbrich: Go Bucks. Yes.

Travis Hornby: Yeah, so maybe University of Florida. I mean there’s pharmacy schools that have been around for a long time that are high quality that even if you have a crash in the profession are not going to be going anywhere. But there’s a whole bunch of new schools that I won’t mention any by name because you know, I don’t love getting served lawsuits, but you know, basically there’s schools that were initiated that are private schools that were founded in the past, you know, 5-10 years I would say are automatically suspect. It doesn’t necessarily mean it’s a bad school, but you want to be very careful. And from a student’s perspective, if you’re going to go to these places, you just have to realize that things could potentially not end well if you go to one of these programs that has a high acceptance rate. So I would actually ask the school to give you their acceptance rate data. I would ask them to tell you what their average salaries are for graduates in writing. And I would actually do some due diligence and actually ask them in a very assertive manner for these statistics that you deserve to have prior to making this decision. Now, if you already have the debt, then I think that your perspective has to be a positive one. There are, like I said — you don’t even have to actually be a pharmacist, which is kind of crazy. These income-driven repayment plans apply whether or not you’re unemployed or making a bazillion dollars as a CEO. So it doesn’t matter that you become a pharmacist, even if you graduate pharmacy school. So from a mental health perspective, don’t feel trapped, even if you have $200,000, $300,000, $400,000 of pharmacy school debt. Do not feel trapped. You have so many more options than you think you do. And if you want to go make 50% more than the median household income in America, you can do that, even in a big city and live a pretty decent life. You’ll have to live on a budget, you’ll have to be a little careful with your expenses. It’s not as good as it used to be, but you’ll certainly make a good living. And so I would just say in terms of student loan mistakes, I mean, it’s a little broad, but I guess I just want people to know that the biggest mistakes you can have is not having a plan and sticking your head in the sand.

Tim Ulbrich: Amen. And if I could echo that, that’s the one thing we’ve seen, Travis, is the wandering through graduation into new practitioner life of not having an intentional plan. We’ve already highlighted and we don’t need to beat it further that that can cost you hundreds of thousands of dollars. And that example you gave of I think you said it was a community pharmacist friend of yours that went through a 10-year standard repayment, paid the maximum payment for 10 years, that was my situation. You know? And I think that as I look back on that journey, a little bit of knowledge would have saved me a ton of money along the way. And I want to also add, you know, your advice for the pre-pharmacy student I think is incredible because the reality is not all schools are created equal. And a lot of this data you can go out and look up in terms of what’s the board pass rate? What’s job placement like? What is the application acceptance rate into the College of Pharmacy? What’s the residency placement rate? And obviously, you know, there’s ranking that are out there, but they don’t represent many of the factors that are going to be most important to you as a graduate of a pharmacy school. So great stuff there. Travis, my last question for you is that my guess — just knowing our audience — is that we have lots of our community listening that’s feeling stuck with their student loans, feeling paralyzed, maybe feeling overwhelmed, don’t know where to start. What’s one piece of advice that you’d give to them that they can begin to get over that hump of feeling stuck or overwhelmed?

Travis Hornby: One piece of advice would be look at what your payment is. If you think that your payment is too high, take a look at Pay As You Earn or Revised Pay As You Earn and try to figure out whether or not your end goal is to go for full repayment and get to $0 in terms of the debt you owe, or if it’s to go for forgiveness. That would be the first big decision somebody has to make. So if you could at least figure out whether or not you need to go for forgiveness or repayment, that will help a lot because a lot of people, you can tell that in their actions, they don’t really know. They’ll throw an extra $200 at their highest interest rate loan when they have it, they’ll make a $5,000 one-time, lump sum payment to the smallest loan to get rid of it so they feel better psychologically, and that’s very, very indicative of just having no plan and no strategic direction at all with your loan repayment. So I would say that’s one piece of advice. One thing that I’d say is I forgot to say this when you asked student loan repayment mistakes. There’s a lot of residents out there who probably listen to your podcast.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah.

Travis Hornby: The residents need to be on one of these income-driven programs while they’re still in residency.

Tim Ulbrich: And not deferring.

Travis Hornby: Yeah. A lot of people don’t realize that, but if your goal is to eventually pay your debt back, Revised Pay As You Earn can get you thousands of dollars in interest subsidies from the first month that you start paying on it. So if you’d like to have $5,000-10,000 less in debt by the end of your PGY1, PGY2 years, then get onto the Revised Pay As You Earn if your plan is to eventually pay the thing off. If your plan is not to eventually pay it off, you’re kind of unsure, then you might look at Pay As You Earn as well to try to build up credit for forgiveness. But that’s one mistake that I see people make all the time that I think people will continue to make because, you know, the residency programs are not as organized with as much detailed information for loan management as I think a lot of the human medicine physician type residency programs are because they’re a lot older and more resources are behind them. So that’s one thing that I’d say for your residents listening, but yeah. The big kind of direction, you know, you have to figure out if you’re going for full repayment or forgiveness. And that’s the big fork in the road, and that determines a whole bunch of the recommendations that we like to give. So like one thing we do is we figure that out for people or which path we think they should go down.

refinance student loans

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, great advice for residents. And I probably see — the most common situation I see is deferment during residency, which for those that are thinking loan forgiveness, obviously deferment does not equal a qualifying payment, number one. But two, as look at the income-based repayment plans, then you know obviously depending on how that’s calculated, you know, there’s this automatic assumption that I can’t afford any payment. Well, do the math. Sit down and figure that out. And obviously, you’re going to begin to make that progress toward whether you’re going to pay them off and refinance them or whether you’re going to eventually pursue loan forgiveness. So Travis, obviously StudentLoanPlanner.com, our listeners can learn more about the work that you’re doing and the service you provide. Also, it’s my understanding you recently launched a podcast, the Student Loan Planner podcast. I’m assuming that’s available on iTunes, anywhere that you can find podcasts: Stitcher, Google Play, Spotify, etc. Beyond StudentLoanPlanner.com and the podcast, what’s the best place that our listeners can go to learn more about you and the work that you’re doing?

Travis Hornby: I would reach out to us, [email protected], and myself or somebody from our team will reach out and tell you what we think you’re dealing with and whether or not we think that you’d be a good fit for our services or not. And then if you want to just read more about pharmacists in particular, if you go to our blog, StudentLoanPlanner.com/blog, on the right hand side if you’re on a desktop, you’ll see our categories that we’ve written articles on, so there’ll be a pharmacist category that you can click and read everything we’ve ever written about pharmacy school and pharmacists. And it’s quite a lot at this point, so take a look at that if you’re looking for some free resources.
Tim Ulbrich: Great stuff. Travis, on behalf of the YFP community and the YFP team, thank you so much for taking the time to come on today’s show and looking forward to more collaborations in the future and having you back on to provide some more education to our audience.

Travis Hornby: Thanks for having me on, Tim.

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 086: How to Spark Joy as an Entrepreneur


How to Spark Joy as an Entrepreneur

On this episode of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast, Tim Church, YFP team member, interviews Dr. Jessica Louie about how to spark joy as an entrepreneur. Jessica is a Board-Certified Critical Care Pharmacist and Assistant Professor of Pharmacy Practice. She is also a multi-passionate entrepreneur with 3 small businesses. Jessica is the CEO of Clarify Simplify Align, High Performance Life Coach, Professional Organizer and Certified KonMari Consultant.

About Today’s Guest

Dr. Jessica Louie is CEO of Clarify Simplify Align, High Performance Life Coach, Professional Organizer and Certified KonMari Consultant who helps busy professionals gain clarity of their purpose, simplify and declutter their home and minds, and align their work into their lives with simple processes to avoid overwhelm, lead with confidence and curate lives they LOVE.

Jessica holds a Doctor of Pharmacy degree from University of Southern California (USC), Advanced Practice Pharmacist license (APh) and is board-certified in critical care (BCCCP). She uses her healthcare background to coach clients through emotional and difficult decisions. Jessica resides in Pasadena/Los Angeles, California and serves her clients in-person locally, travels to Salt Lake City, Utah and Brookfield, Wisconsin and provides virtual coaching sessions.

Summary

On this episode, Tim interviews Dr. Jessica Louie about her entrepreneurial journey in the creation of three businesses that have really taken off. In the beginning of the episode, Jessica shares more about her background and the inspiration she had to start side businesses on top of her busy full-time pharmacy career. Jessica is an Assistant Professor of Pharmacy Practice at West Coast University School of Pharmacy and is a critical care pharmacist working in an intensive care unit at a hospital. She divides her time between both settings and truly loves the patient interaction she has. At the end of her residency, Jessica was burned out. After some life changing events, she realized that she wanted to live with more intention and focus on spending time with people she loved. She was also ready to take on new challenges. This began a transformative journey in finding her why and beginning several businesses.

Petit Style Script, Jessica’s first business, is a fashion and lifestyle blog that helps women make intentional clothing choices by investing in quality pieces and by creating a capsule wardrobe. She dove deep into website design, social media management and marketing which helped to keep her costs lower. Her revenue is earned by affiliate commissions and through sponsored content instead of through a signature product.

In her newest business, Clarify Simplify Align, Jessica helps other busy professionals gain clarity of their purpose, simplify and declutter their home and minds, and align work into their lives. She takes clients through a transformative process that includes a free consultation, a simplifying process in decluttering your home in an intentional way, and using your new mindset and habits to apply to other areas of your. Jessica is a certified KonMari consultant which is the popular method founded by Marie Kondo, however, she believes that this whole process is more than the KonMari method. She provides emotional and physical support while also offering accountability to her clients. She shares that there are many benefits to decluttering and organizing your environment like gaining free time, reducing anxiety, taking control of your health and finances and gaining confidence in decision making. She works with clients locally in Southern California but is also able to host virtual online sessions.

Clarify Simplify Align was created in July 2018. Jessica currently earns 5 figures and has a goal of moving into the 6 figure range in the next 12 months. Her side hustle income is being allocated toward savings, investments, and travel. Jessica has been able to balance the work with her businesses and her full-time pharmacy career. She spends about 25 to 35 hours a week on her businesses, depending on the number of clients she has. Her biggest advice to pharmacists that are wanting to step into an entrepreneurial journey is to gain clarity and follow your passion.

Mentioned on the Show

Episode Transcript

Tim Church: What’s up, everybody? And welcome to Episode 086. Wow, that is just crazy to say that number as we move closer to 100 episodes. Now, I can hardly take any of that credit, given the other Tims have done most of the shows. So kudos to them. And also I want to have a big shout out to Caitlyn on our team, who does our editing and does an excellent job. If you basically consumed any news or social media in the past couple months, then you know about the show Tidying Up with Marie Kondo. And the show is just everywhere, and it’s an incredibly popular series on Netflix right now. But just in case you’re in the dark, this show is all about world-renowned tidying expert, Marie Kondo, helping clients clear out their clutter in their home and choose joy. So what the heck does that have to do with today’s episode? Well, our guest today is not only an accomplished pharmacist, but she’s one of the few that holds the KonMari consultant certification, which basically allows her to perform in-home and virtual consults, similar to what you see Marie Kondo do on the show. So I’m really excited for her to talk more about this and her other business ventures. So let’s go ahead and jump into the interview. Jessica, thank you so much for taking the time to come on the show and for being part of this side hustle edition.

Jessica Louie: Thank you for having me, Tim.

Tim Church: When I sent out the first email alerting the community that we would be talking more about side hustles on the podcast, you were the first one to respond, and I could tell that this was something you were excited about and wanted to share what you’ve been doing outside of your full-time job. So before we kind of jump into your businesses and your pharmacist’s career, I want to know what gets you so fired up about this topic of side hustles and entrepreneurship.

Jessica Louie: Well, thank you. It was really a life transformation in terms of starting my small businesses 2.5 years ago. And it’s definitely been a great learning experience for myself that I really would love to share with other pharmacists and healthcare professionals and students.

Tim Church: That’s great. And kind of going back into before you started any of these businesses, where did that inspiration come from where you just decided, hey, I’m going to do something outside of my typical pharmacist job or my duties there?

Jessica Louie: Well, as I was finishing my residency back in 2015 and transitioning into my role as an assistant professor in pharmacy practice, I was really undergoing a burnout type of episode in healthcare at that moment. And like other busy professionals, I was kind of spinning around this quarter-life crisis, accumulating things in terms of I had been on a long journey of nine years of training for my bachelor degree, doctorate, residency, PGY1, PGY2, board certification, and you know, I wasn’t really enjoying the journey. I was just trying to get to the finish line. And then I realized, you know, how life can be really short when my aunt died suddenly at age 51. So now I really like to live with intention and be present by the people I’m surrounded with and the things I’m surrounded with that spark joy. So I really want to share my story to see if it will help inspire someone else to really transform their own life and really be happy with their day-to-day life.

Tim Church: Wow, thank you for sharing that, Jessica. I love what you said there about being intentional and kind of getting the fire started to pursue some of those passions and ideas that you had. And I believe that’s so true. And I think that that’s one of the most common characteristics of people that have an entrepreneurial spirit is just being intentional about what they’re trying to do. And a lot of times, we live a life that’s reactive instead of proactive. So that’s really great. So can you talk a little bit about your current role as a pharmacist? You mentioned that you had a long journey and did residency training in order to get there. But talk a little bit about the role that you’re in now and what you’re doing.

Jessica Louie: Yes. So right now, I am an assistant professor of pharmacy practice at West Coast University School of Pharmacy in Los Angeles. And I am a critical care pharmacist, so I work in the intensive care unit of a local hospital. And you know, my current role is really divided between the university and my practice site. So this is my fourth year teaching at the School of Pharmacy, and I am really passionate about teaching critical care topics related to respiratory and cardiology. And most recently, I am developing elective courses to focus on well being, resiliency and burnout prevention in our graduate students. So that’s a passion of mine in the pharmacy world.

Tim Church: So how do you split that up between your teaching responsibilities and your role in the critical care unit?

Jessica Louie: Currently, I spend a little bit more time at the university. About 60-70% of my time is at the university during the semesters. We have 12-week semesters, and we have long winter and summer breaks. And then I’m at the hospital setting two days a week, usually. And it’s a great balance in terms of being there to educate the students and also being there to stay up-to-date on the healthcare institution.

Tim Church: Great. And can you go into a little bit more detail about what is your day like typically at the hospital?

Jessica Louie: Typically, at the hospital, it’s a local community hospital. And it’s a Level 2 Trauma Center, so we’ll usually start where you’re going in and working out patients, getting ready for interprofessional rounding in the intensive care unit or with the other medical teams. They do have medical students and medical residents at the institution. And then going on rounds and completing some of the in-person work with the patients with their medication reconciliation, their pain management and preventative health screenings and putting some progress notes, both for the other healthcare professionals and for pass-off to the other pharmacist. And during that process, if there’s students on rotations, walking them through that process in the morning and then also meeting with them in the afternoon for educational discussions on different topics and different patients. And then also assisting other pharmacists in the setting to see what they need help with.

Tim Church: So it sounds like you’re in a very clinical role that’s very much participating in direct patient care and working with other healthcare professionals. Would that be true?

Jessica Louie: Yes, and really trying to see where we can expand service lines because in California, there’s, you know, a need for some expansion of service lines in the hospital setting. So working on that right now. We just had a new law passed in California requiring pharmacists to perform the medication reconciliation in the hospital setting. And I know some hospitals are struggling with that new implementation of that law. So seeing it work and help with resources and things like that.

Tim Church: And what would you say are your favorite aspects about your job? You know, I think there’s a lot of negativity in our profession, and I think it depends on the setting that you’re in and the responsibilities that you’re doing, but what do you most enjoy about what you’re doing as a pharmacist?

Jessica Louie: I definitely enjoy the patient interaction and helping them through the process. I know critical care in the intensive care unit can be an emotional and difficult situation for these patients and their families. And that’s one of the reasons why I am part of a new initiative with the Society of Critical Care Medicine to target post-ICU syndrome. So similar to PTSD, our ICU patients and how they transition and how their quality of life changes, so that brings me a lot of joy in terms of trying to give back to these critically ill patients and their families and making sure that they do have the support system, even when they’re outside of the ICU setting and in transitions of care.

Tim Church: Wow. I think that sounds like a really great program. And I, working in ambulatory care, I didn’t know that that was even a thing or something that patients were dealing with. So I think that’s really a great initiative to kind of get that going and identifying that patient need and looking for ways to integrate into that program. So I think that’s really cool.

Jessica Louie: Thank you.

Tim Church: So you talked about that you’re on this long journey, it’s taking you nine years with all of your residency training. Do you feel like it was worth it?

Jessica Louie: I definitely feel that it was worth it. I think that’s it’s important to take a step back, though, and remember that it’s not about getting to the destination. It’s about enjoying the journey and the experiences. And I think that there were times during that nine-year process where that was definitely forgotten. And if you’re familiar with the growth and fixed mindset type of philosophies, it was definitely in this fixed mindset instead of a growth mindset in terms of, you know, doing this for myself and for my patients. And you know, just getting back to why did I really go through this process? And what impact do I want to have on patients and the healthcare community and other people? So it definitely was worth it, and I wouldn’t change it looking back.

Tim Church: That’s so good. And I think you made some really strong points there. And I think that a lot of pharmacists who are on a long journey to get to their career and where they’re trying to is sometimes you can forget a lot of those things that are important along the way. So you talked about at some point, you got inspired and you wanted to start pursuing some things beyond pharmacy and really focus on some other passions. So what were some of your main motivations besides, you know, feeling like life is so short and that you really have to be intentional about going after things that you want to do. What were some of your other main motivators?

Jessica Louie: At that point in my life, you know, I really had achieved the things that I had set out to achieve. And it was time to take on new challenges. I like new challenges and lifelong learning, so I had, you know, a strong passion for helping other women feel confident in how they dressed and their wardrobe choices. And you know, I started that as basically my first hobby that I turned into my first small business called Petite Style Script. And you know, because I like to challenge myself, I wanted to learn how to website design, how to run social media and marketing, so I ran all of that as a solopreneur over the last 2.5 years. And I gained a lot of skill sets that I was able to apply to my other two businesses.

Tim Church: That is so cool. So you really bootstrapped a lot of this getting in off the ground in terms of I’m going to learn how to do all of the back-end work, I’m going to learn website design. I’m going to do it all. I think that’s really cool. And sometimes, I think especially if you don’t know where to start or maybe you’re limited with funds and don’t want to hire people, that that’s a great way to get going. So talk a little bit more about Petite Style Script and kind of what that business is all about. And what are some of the services and offerings that are through that business?

Jessica Louie: So I focused on Petite Style Script at first. You know, my aunt had passed away earlier that year and she was really a big fan of shoes and handbags and women’s fashion. So I wanted to help other women, especially petite-sized women feel confident and empowered by their outfit and wardrobe choices. So it is a fashion and lifestyle blog, and although it has a lot of petite information, it also caters to other women. And I’ve turned it into really being intentional with your outfit choices by creating capsule wardrobes. So that’s one of my signature products and services. And then just highlighting really classic style where you’re investing in quality over quantity of pieces. So I talk about things that I own and things that I recommend and sizing and fit and then how to style things together to really have a classic wardrobe that will last for years to come. So there’s a lot of just how-to’s and resources on the website that are free for people to read or join the email list to get weekly style advice.

Tim Church: And so what you’re selling is actually the advice of style but not actual wardrobe or physical products, is that right?

refinance student loans

Jessica Louie: That’s correct. So I don’t physically make any of the products. I will earn income through affiliate commissions or sponsored content with companies that I really love. So I have a few companies that I’ve used, even from when I was young that I’ve been able to partner with and really showcase why those companies are great for the environment and really quality products to offer to my readers.

Tim Church: Can you go into a little bit more detail about affiliate marketing with this business and how you’re earning income? Because I think a lot of times, you know, the word “affiliate marketing” sometimes can have a negative connotation. But I actually think it can be a great way to point people to the right products and services and actually can provide a lot of value.

Jessica Louie: Yes. So affiliate marketing or affiliate commission is really popular in the fashion blogging world. I learned that early on, both from your website and from your social media. So basically, I am creating content and articles online. And I am talking about different products, I’m recommending how to style them together, talking about my sizing that I have purchased. And then I’ll link to my outfit or to other items that are similar to my outfit if those items are no longer in season or available online. And then if readers would like to purchase the same item that I’m wearing or a similar item that I’m wearing, they’re able to click on the link and I earn a small affiliate commission when they purchase the item through the website. So I work pretty closely with the Like to Know It and RewardStyle affiliate company and a few other companies to really showcase this is what I personally own and recommend and I’ve tried it out. And I’m not necessarily getting paid to try it out, that would be sponsored content, which is different than affiliate income. I have personally purchased the clothing I’m wearing, and then I’m going to link to it to earn a small commission from you reading the how to articles.

Tim Church: So I think that’s a great point that you put on there in that you’re not just promoting and pumping products and different attire that anybody could use or just something that you find that could earn income. These are actually things that you’re recommending to people either because you’ve tried it out or feel very confident about the product that they’re offering.

Jessica Louie: Yes. And I mean, personally, in my opinion, when I go and buy a product, you know, I like to read a review or see how it fits on someone, especially when it’s more difficult to find petite-friendly clothing. So it’s nice to be able to read someone else’s article and honest review besides just seeing a picture of it on Instagram or on Facebook. So that’s what I’m trying to provide in longer, 1,000- to 2,000-word blog posts, articles, on the website.

Tim Church: And so would you say for that business, is affiliate marketing, is that the main generator of revenue?

Jessica Louie: Yes. That is the main generator of revenue.

Tim Church: OK. And then you said there’s also some sponsored content. So can you talk a little bit about that?

Jessica Louie: Yes. So sponsored content is when a company will pay for certain content to be promoted, either on social media, especially Instagram, or on the blog website. And you know, those are contracts that we’ll make with certain companies that I really feel passionate about promoting. So it’s usually companies that I’ve worn or used for years. So those are companies like Figs scrubs healthcare professionals and Aveda hair care products and skin care products and different things like that. And they will be — if it is a sponsored post, it’s clearly marked, either in the social media caption or in the blog article as well to show that it was paid content, but it also, you know, I personally have used it and stand behind the company or the product.

Tim Church: That’s great. And I think it’s a cool way to earn revenue because you’re helping people get to products and services that they need and that they want. And you’re providing input from it.

Jessica Louie: The sponsored content also pays for the production costs of running the website and social media. So there’s a lot of effort put into having people find your content, so a lot of SEO optimization, so if you search for a product on Google, you know, it’s coming up on Google, Pinterest and YouTube so you can find the photos, the videos and the written words. So that’s really where the sponsored content is helping offset production costs.

Tim Church: Yeah, and that’s what I was going to ask you. Where do you find the majority of your customers — is that organic traffic through Google? Or is it through social media?

Jessica Louie: It definitely is through search engines. So Google is definitely the top one and then technically, Pinterest is a search engine and not a social media platform, so Pinterest is my second most common referral source. And then my third most common is YouTube. YouTube is also a search engine and is owned by Google. So those are my primary three. So I definitely put a lot of effort into the backend so people can find the content. And then social media is nice, but it’s really not — I feel like it’s more for exposure and for people to digest some content. But then they need to also take action to get to the website or to get to more information so that, you know, it’s great for exposure and creating a community with some of the readers and some of the other bloggers and business owners, but it’s a smaller proponent of a referral source.

Tim Church: I think this business is so cool because it’s just way outside the realm of pharmacy. And you know, I think that’s a lot the stories that I’ve heard with pharmacists and what they’re doing on the side that yes, there are some things that definitely have a pharmacy twist or relationship, but this one is sort of a little bit outside of that realm. And I think that’s really cool. So before we move on to your next business, so I have a question. Is there any intention for one for men that you’re going to create so that if I need some fashion tips that I can go to?

Jessica Louie: So currently, no, not another fashion-focused blog or website. But with my newest business, I do help people simplify their homes and wardrobes. So I don’t discriminate against men or women for clients for those coaching sessions. So I can do that more one-on-one or group coaching but not necessarily full, written articles geared towards men.

Tim Church: OK. So your newest business — and you told me before we jumped on for the recording that this one has really been a result of some of the other things that you’ve done. And I think this one is also really cool because, again, it’s outside of the pharmacy realm but something that you’re passionate about. So talk a little bit about that one.

Jessica Louie: Yes. So basically, this is my third business. The one in the middle is actually my pharmacy-focused business. But I wouldn’t have been able to get to this point in opening Clarify and Simplify online without my experiences with the other two businesses and learning about virtual content and other marketing things. But this business is, you know, to help other busy professionals gain clarity to their purpose, simplify and declutter their home and minds and align their work into their lives. So work into your life, not the other way around. So we can really avoid some of the overwhelm and burnout that people are feeling and lead with more confidence so that you really build and curate a life that you love. So it’s really talking about being more intentional and taking away some of the burnout that a lot of people, I think, are experiencing with the work environments we’re exposed to.

Tim Church: So this is kind of has multifaceted business in terms of what you’re trying to do to help people. So can you walk through the process if somebody says, “Jessica, I want you to help me be less stressed out. And I want you to help me do that and walk through this process, especially with decluttering things.” Can you just walk me through what that consult — what would this look like?

Jessica Louie: So a potential client would schedule a free consultation call, so we really get into what are they looking for, what are their goals, and you know, what kind of budget they have in terms of I’ll offer either one-on-one in-person coaching or one-on-one virtual coaching or virtual coaching because they’re not local to my area or I don’t travel to their area. So I’m based in Los Angeles. And we’ll go through that process and really overall, it’s really about clarifying your why. I was trained with Simon Sinek earlier in 2018, so I use a lot of his philosophies and putting that into actual practice. And then the simplifying part is really up to the client in terms of do they want to go through the simplifying process in their home? And if they do, I am a certified KonMari consultant, so we are using the KonMari method developed by Marie Kondo. It’s a Japanese method to really dig into decluttering the home in an intentional way so that you’ll never do it again in your life. And you’ll really change your habits and your mindsets around your home environment. And then we’ll be able to use those habits and mindsets to then apply to other areas of your life. So that’s where aligning your work into your life comes into play in terms of really addressing a lot of well-being and burnout prevention and then we’re able to address the habits and mindsets related to community, the people you surround yourself with and your finances and your healthcare. So that’s, you know, the full transformative process, and then if someone is specifically looking more to just do the simplifying the home and professional organizing, you know, we can do that. But I would encourage them to go through the whole process. And I provide either workbooks for them to do it on their own time versus me one-on-one coaching them.

Tim Church: So just to clarify, for the majority of the people that you’re assisting in coaching, you’re either going to their house or giving them a virtual consultation, and you’re literally helping them declutter their home. Is that right?

Jessica Louie: Yes, that’s correct. So a lot of it is in-person, in their home. And you know, it’s a different way of approaching professional organizing and decluttering because it’s really going to be a lifestyle change and really intentional. So then if people live outside of my service areas such as Los Angeles, Salt Lake City or Milwaukee, Wisconsin, then I’m doing more online, virtual coaching through that process. And I really focus on the home first because I think that once you address what’s closest to you, which is your home, then you’re more easily able to address other aspects of your life.

Tim Church: And how did you develop an interest in doing that?

Jessica Louie: That’s a good question. So I read Marie Kondo’s books back in 2015, and I applied the method to my own home. So she has some very popular books called, “The Life Changing Magic of Tidying Up” and “Spark Joy.” And you know, she goes through a category-by-category type process of organizing your home instead of a room-by-room or a little-by-little type of process. And then I was able to help my friends and family go through the process as well, and I learned about her official certification system and was officially certified this year. And there’s only about a handful of certified consultants in different areas through the United States. So about 100-120 certified consultants in the U.S. at the moment. So I really love the process, but I also think that it’s more than just the KonMari method, and that’s why I like to bring in Simon Sinek’s philosophy and then work-life alignment in my philosophy as well.

Tim Church: So what do you have to do to become certified?

Jessica Louie: So the certification process for the KonMari method, you know, starts with yourself. So you’re going through the process yourself, you’re making sure that you have completed the entire process. The process, you know, is very individualized, but it usually takes one month to six months for people to complete the five categories in their own home. And then you’re going to a training program, you’re working with individual clients as practice clients, basically, taking an examination and then getting officially certified.

Tim Church: So they don’t just hand them out to everybody, it sounds like.

Jessica Louie: No, not just anyone.

Tim Church: So I have to ask this question because I’m just thinking in the back on my head that I’ve seen many episodes of Hoarders, and you know, everyone has their own way and own system of organizing. And sometimes, there is no system. But have you had any cases, basically, where you’re like, wow, like you were just overwhelmed at what you had to do to help them in their situation?
Jessica Louie: So I haven’t experienced with my clients particularly with being diagnosed hoarders, per say, but I know everyone’s home environments are different, so that’s why it’s really important that they really trust me to invite me into their home. And you know, I think that my healthcare background really helps in coaching these clients. It is an emotional and difficult process of addressing each item in your home and each item that you own, especially when we go through the last category of sentimental items and photos and things like that. So I think that, you know, with my healthcare background, I am able to help them process, especially with my work with intensive care unit patients and their trauma that they’ve gone through. So it definitely is very personal to the client, and that’s why I really enjoy working one-on-one, in-person, if possible.

Tim Church: And what do you typically charge for someone to do one of these consultations? And is that a one-time consult? Or is that an ongoing process?

Jessica Louie: So the first consultation is free. So that’s a 15-30 minute call, maybe a video chat, depending on the person. And then it really is based on their own budget in terms of — you are going to invest in this once in your lifetime, in my opinion. I actually would prefer you never rehire me for the KonMari method portion of our coaching, at least, because no one rebounds after going to the KonMari method. You organize your home once and for all, and then you keep the habits and the mindsets have changed so that you don’t reaccumulate the clutter. So it really depends on the home size and how many people are in the home. So we work one-on-one, so if it’s a family, I work one-on-one with each person in the family or teach the parents to help the children. But I do work with children as young as 4 years old. And most sessions are about $500 per session and then usually, people invest in the packages to really commit themselves to transforming their life. So throughout the process, usually I’m able to help them then, you know, recoup a lot of that money they invested in the package with me because they’re able to resell items that no longer spark joy, and I’m able to help them work through the consignment, resale, donation, environmentally sustainable process of discarding the items. And then it takes usually one month, three months or six months for people to get through the process. And depending on the budget, then they’re able to also do work on their own, so doing a little bit of homework in between our session together. So let’s say we finish most of someone’s clothing category, but we haven’t finished their shoes. Then they’re able to go through their shoes in their own time, and then the next session, we get together and tackle books and papers. Those are the next two categories. So then for papers, you know, I really encourage a lot of digitizing of papers. So then they’re able to digitize things on their own time, not necessarily with me there. It kind of depends on the client, then, of how much time we’re one-on-one spending together. But usually, the entire process takes anywhere between 20-50 hours.

Tim Church: Wow. And what kind of feedback do you get from people after they complete the session and kind of go through the program?

Jessica Louie: Usually, people are so surprised in terms of how much we get done during the sessions and how much of a transformation it is because they maybe either worked with other professional organizers before or tried to purge and do spring cleaning every year before, and nothing ever stuck because, you know, their closets just reaccumulated things or their attics or garages. Here in Los Angeles, there’s very few people that actually park their cars in the garage. And I grew up in the Midwest, and you know, I always thought, you know, it’s unfortunate that you’re not actually using your garage space so that you’re protecting your cars and other items. And so basically, the transformation that they feel is pretty significant because a lot of these times, the clients have tried going through the process themselves. You know, purging, decluttering, going through the KonMari method after reading the books. But they don’t have an accountability partner. They don’t have emotional and physical support. So as their coach, you know, I’m facilitating that process to make sure they’re keeping accountable to working through all the categories and setting an end date to when we’re going to finish this because this is not a lifelong process. This is, you know, there’s an end goal in mind and a vision in mind so they can get to that step. So a lot of times, when people DIY this, you know, it might take them one, two or three years to finish the process. And we definitely decrease the time commitment that is required.

Tim Church: And you mentioned that, you know, obviously decluttering, getting organized, is a big part of the process. But it’s not the only thing that you’re doing and what you’re trying to help people accomplish.

Jessica Louie: Right. I think that it’s a big component of everything. But if someone really is not committed to the process or not ready for that process, that’s OK. We don’t want to ever force anyone to go through the process. So a lot of times, when I’m working with couples, one person is more committed than the other. And you know, the other person will just see the transformation in the client and maybe be willing to start their own transformation a few months later or a few years later. It’s really up to them. But I think it’s so important to be able to go through the other steps, like clarifying your why and aligning your work into your life, if you’re not ready to do the simplifying in your home environment.

Tim Church: I know that I feel amazing when my space is decluttered, clean, whether I’m at work or I’m at home, and my wife probably to the next level. Like she uses it as almost like a therapy session when she’s cleaning and doing things. So what would you say to somebody that says, they ask you, “Well Jessica, what kind of benefits and what’s going to happen in my life if I get my house in order? What can I expect? Or why should I do this other than just to get organized?”

Jessica Louie: So I mean, there’s been a lot of research in terms of how your space affects your well-being and how many people have anxiety related to their clutter, right? Because basically, anything that you’re seeing, anything that you’re consuming, you know, via social media or other environments is something that you have to process. And I call it “closing the files” in terms of you have to be able to close the files in some of those things. But basically, people are really gaining more time to focus on what matters most to them because technically, everything that you own needs to be taken care of. So that means either physically taken care of or cleaning things. So usually, you get more time to really focus and have more intention in your daily activities. You also free up your mind to live more in the moment and be present. And I really think it creates more calmness and peaceful environments. And it really changes your mindset about things versus experiences. So creating experiences and memories together instead of buying a lot of things and gifts and physical items, you know? Because when we’re older and we’re on our deathbed, no one ever says, “Oh, I wish I owned more things.” They always say, “I wish I had spent more time with this person,” or “I wish I would have done this.” And they have some regrets. So really focusing on let’s not have those regrets later in life. Let’s do those things now and live life to the fullest. And then one of the big things I really focus on is increasing confidence in your decision-making skills because throughout the process, you know, you don’t really necessarily — when you start, you don’t really necessarily know what really speaks to your heart, what sparks joy, but as you go through the process, you really build your confidence of I know I want to keep this, I know that I love this item. And then you’re able to apply that habit and that mindset to having confidence in your day-to-day life, interacting with people, taking control of your healthcare, taking control of your finances. So those are some of the things that help people during this transformative process.

Tim Church: Wow. I’m just so fascinated by this. And I love it. And I’m sitting here on the other end, and I think it’s funny that as you’re talking about this transformation and the decluttering, like I’m already feeling like relaxed, like as you’re talking and going through it. So I can only imagine that if you’re someone that is doing the full process, getting the full makeover, what the benefits come about from that. So I just think that is so cool. Now, can you talk a little bit about the income that you’re earning from this business and from your other businesses? And you know, without even getting into specifics, just generally speaking, you know, what kind of income are you bringing in from that?

Jessica Louie: So this business is a little bit newer. This was created in July of 2018, so right now, you know, I’m earning five figures. And the goal in the next 12 months is to be earning in the six-figure range and growing the business both locally in my local area, southern California, and also online with some virtual sessions to really reach — I think that the online environment is great because it really reaches beyond your local network or the classroom and things like that. So those are my goals moving forward.

Tim Church: And how do you allocate the additional money that you’re bringing in from the businesses? Where is it going?

Jessica Louie: So it really is going basically to savings. So I paid off all of my student debt a little bit less than three years out of school, so I paid that off back in early 2016, and I was able to make some investments so my family was closer and living closer to me. And now, it’s really just saving for the future and for possible investment in the future in terms of more traveling — I didn’t really travel very much during my training process. So there’s been a lot more travel recently and more plans to go to Tokyo, where the KonMari method was founded, and other travel experiences. So really creating more memories and time together with people that I really love.

Tim Church: That is so cool. I really like that. I mean, congratulations, by the way, on paying off your student loans. I think that is awesome as well. And actually, just a side note on that, do you think that not having student loans, which a lot of people are struggling with even for 10-15 years post-graduation and even longer, that not having that on your plate has allowed you to take more risks as an entrepreneur but just to explore more and be willing to invest more in these businesses?

Jessica Louie: I think it definitely has helped in terms of I had a little bit over $50,000 in loans to pay off. And I was very intentional with that during residency and then right outside of residency. And I was also very fortunate with not accumulating $100,000 or $200,000 or $300,000 worth of loans. I think that the environment now with student loans has changed a lot in terms of it’s really easy to get the money, but it’s really difficult to know how much the interest is compounding and all that stuff.

Tim Church: Right.

Jessica Louie: So overall, it’s definitely helped me invest more into my businesses because I have those funds, I don’t go into debt at all with investing in my business. And I’ve been able to invest in business coaches to help me along the way as well. So it definitely helps in terms of you need to make the investment so it’s not just a hobby. It is a small business, and you’re really leading it as a small business then.

Tim Church: Now, I think a lot of people are listening to all of these businesses and things that you’re doing while you’re a professor and working as a critical care pharmacist. How the heck do you manage all of this?

Jessica Louie: Honestly, Tim, it was difficult in the beginning. But I was also — also think about, I was a year out of residency. And during residency, I was at a great program, but I was also spending 80-100 hours a week in the hospital. And that was because I was really involved in research processes and other things. So I was spending extra time that wasn’t required of me to be there. So I was already in the mindset of, you know, I don’t have to work 40-hour weeks. I can work 80-hour weeks and things like that. So that really helped me in the beginning of my first business to, you know, really dive deep into the learning process of the technology and the back-end things. So you know, I didn’t think I was working that much, you know, because that was kind of normal. And I was almost bored if I wasn’t doing something that was challenging me, right? And then I also have a partner who’s also in medical training and working quite often and paying down his medical student loans. So I think that if you have a partner that also stays busy and, you know, is working to achieve their visions, it really helps for your support system to know that you’re both working towards your end goals and your visions and growing your careers. But overall, since that time, I’ve definitely been a lot more intentional about how I run my businesses and have been able to automate things and just also learn what’s important. So for example, recently in 2018, I built up a pretty strong Instagram and social media following, but it wasn’t really a passion of mine anymore. And it wasn’t attracting my ideal clients, so I stopped posting on Instagram. And has that affected my business? You know, no. Like it’s nice to connect with people on social media, but sometimes, you have to take breaks and put boundaries about your time commitment to things that aren’t actually bringing in return on investment.

Tim Church: And how many hours now are you typically spending on your businesses?

Jessica Louie: I would say, you know, 25-35 hours a week. It really depends on how many clients are scheduled during that week because I’m seeing clients in-person locally, either at night, in the evenings after work, or on weekends. And so it depends on how many of those clients are scheduled and then I’m doing some of the technology in terms of posting. I like to batch things out. I highly recommend, if you do have an online business that you batch things out. So in 2018, I’ve been doing a little bit more videos. So I recorded all my videos for fall in two days in August. So I think that if you’re really intentional about how you, when you’re working on your business versus working in your business, how much time you commit to each of those and your strategy behind that.

Tim Church: So it sounds like it’s much more manageable now in terms of balancing your job as a pharmacist and what you’re trying to accomplish in your businesses.

Jessica Louie: Definitely. I think that at the beginning — and I think this happens with a lot of entrepreneurs, you know, you want to do all the things and you want to grow your Instagram, grow your LinkedIn, Twitter, Facebook, everything all at once. And then you kind of learn that, you know, that kind of sets you up for some burnout and exhaustion. And now I’ve learned, you know, that really focusing on what matters most, what will have some return and what also is enjoyable. So and then when you’re at a point when you can outsource things and automate things, I would recommend that so that you’re using your skill sets to their fullest potential when you get to that stage.

Tim Church: Jessica, you have shared some awesome points about entrepreneurship and what you’re doing in your business. What advice in general would you give to other pharmacists and even students out there who have an interest in becoming an entrepreneur? Maybe instead of or even in addition to their role as a pharmacist.

Jessica Louie: I would definitely recommend following a passion, you know, gaining clarity of what you really want, setting your ideal lifestyle of how you want to live your life day-to-day and then going after your dreams because I know a lot of people who will wait to say, “Oh, I’ll do that in x number of years,” but why don’t you just do it today in terms of setting up that dream and going for it? And you know, it might be overwhelming at first, but every baby step will lead to big transformations. And when you’re documenting the journey that you’ve been on, you’ll see how far you’ve come.

Tim Church: That is so good. And what books, any books you would recommend on entrepreneurship or running a business in general? I know one that you already mentioned, and it’s one of my favorites, which is “Start With Why” by Simon Sinek. Any other gems that you have found to be extremely helpful or inspiring?
Jessica Louie: I also really like Brendon Burchard’s “High Performance Habits.”

Tim Church: I’m listening to that right now, actually, in the car.

Jessica Louie: Very nice. And then of course, Marie Kondo’s books if you’re interested in the KonMari method. And if you’re interested in simplifying, Courtney Carver’s “Soulful Simplicity.” It actually has really nice, tangible advice. And “The Growth Mindset” books, I think it’s Angela Duckworth, I think those are some of my go-tos right now. And then I usually provide a list of resources as well when I work with clients if they want to look at more books outside of those.

Tim Church: That is awesome. Thank you so much, Jessica, for coming on the show, for sharing your insights about business but also some of your passions and what you’re doing. And I think it’s just incredible. And I think a lot of people are going to find value not only from what you’re doing but just the experiences that you’ve been through. So if somebody wants to reach out to you, either just to learn more about entrepreneurship or your journey or even to become a KonMari coach or consultant or do what you’re doing, what’s the best way to contact you?

Jessica Louie: The best way is to go to my website, ClarifySimplifyAlign.com, and reach out via there, the contact form, schedule a call or email, which is [email protected].

Tim Church: Great. Thank you again so much. And I look forward to reconnecting a few months down the road to hear what you’re doing and how you’re growing and expanding your business.

Jessica Louie: Thank you, Tim, for your time.

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 085: How One Pharmacy Entrepreneur Is Solving the Drug Shortage Crisis


How One Pharmacy Entrepreneur is Solving the Drug Shortage Crisis

On this episode of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast, Tim Ulbrich, YFP co-founder, interviews Dr. Patrick Yoder, co-founder and CEO of LogicStream Health. Tim asks Patrick about his journey as a pharmacy entrepreneur which led him to get his PharmD from the University of Iowa to starting as a clinical pharmacist at Lake Regional Health-System to serving as the Director then VP of Clinical Development and Informatics at Wolters Kluwer to being the Co-Founder and CEO of LogicStream Health since 2013.

About Today’s Guest

Patrick developed a passion for innovation reengineering bicycles to better suit the needs of childhood. He started his career in medical research, then as a Clinical Pharmacist and an Informatician. He developed experience leading innovative teams at Wolters Kluwer Health as the Vice President of Informatics and Clinical Development. There he spearheaded the creation of a solution that established the company as the recognized leader in the market within four years. He also led the informatics team at Hennepin County Medical Center before co-founding LogicStream Health. Patrick enjoys scuba diving, running and cycling in his time away from LogicStream Health.

About LogicStream Health

LogicStream Health is trusted by a community of high-performing healthcare providers across the United States. The company’s clinical process control and improvement software-as-a-service (SaaS) platform stands alone in its ability to help customers gain instant insights to improve vital clinical processes and patient care. As a result, customers reduce cost and improve outcomes. Also available is The Drug Shortage App from LogicStream Health™ that reduces risk to patients, controls medication spend and increases staff productivity as a result of the ongoing drug shortage epidemic. The LogicStream Health SaaS platform is ‘must-have’ technology enabling clinical teams to quickly improve clinical processes in near-real-time and is designed for rapid implementation and easy adoption by end-user clinicians, informaticists, data analysts and executive teams. LogicStream Health software today is supporting hundreds of hospitals on a scalable and sustainable technology platform to standardize processes and deliver highly reliable healthcare. For more information, please visit www.LogicStreamHealth.com.

Summary

On this episode, Tim Ulbrich dives into learning about Patrick Yoder’s entrepreneurial journey. When Patrick graduated from pharmacy school, there was a shortage of pharmacists. Patrick chose to become a clinical pharmacist which then led him into taking on more business roles in companies. He served as the Director and then Vice President of Clinical Development and Informatics at Wolters Kluwer.

In these roles, Patrick was motivated to use technology to change the way pharmacists work with electronic health records. He took risks to co-found LogicStream Health in 2013 and continued his business-oriented journey. He currently serves as the company’s CEO. In 2018, the Drug Shortage App from LogicStream Health had its debut. The Drug Shortage App from LogicStream Health aids to support pharmacists to increase their work flow while also increasing patient safety.

Patrick shares advice on starting an app, why serving in the community is important and also what should be done to expose more pharmacists to an entrepreneurial path in pharmacy school in this episode.

Mentioned on the Show

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Patrick, welcome to the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. Appreciate you coming on.

Patrick Yoder: It’s great to be here. Thanks for having me.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, I’ve been looking forward to this episode for some time as I shared a little bit before we hit record, learning some of your backstories as an entrepreneur, and I’m excited to get into that. And part of what I’m so excited about sharing with the YFP community is that they hear me talk often about the importance of entrepreneurship and lots of things going on in the pharmacy job market and things and to have a real, live example of somebody who has done this, came out with a pharmacy degree, had some clinical pharmacy experience and has now ventured into starting a company that obviously is growing. Look forward to hearing your story, picking your brain a little bit in terms of what makes you tick. So before we jump into the work that you’re doing with LogicStream, which is your company, and the recent launch that you had of the drug shortage app, which as I understand, actually debuted at the ASHP Midyear clinical meeting, I want to learn a little bit more about your journey into pharmacy school and the path that you took to get where you are today. So take us back to when you graduated from the University of Iowa. What were your career interests and goals at the time?

Patrick Yoder: Yeah, well, I mean, I think I graduated at a good time back in 2000s, early 2000s, there was a huge shortage of pharmacists. And I think while that was exciting and good, it was actually awful hard to figure out where to go. I think I had 10 different job offers. And I decided that I really wanted to do acute care stuff in hospitals, and so I really made that jump at that point and started to work on the clinical side. And then interestingly, EHRs came along quickly after that, which will tie into probably various different things as we go through our discussion today.

Tim Ulbrich: So you come out of pharmacy school, and as I understand it, you’re working in a clinical pharmacy specialist position. And then you took a jump into a director role and then a VP role at Walters Clure Health and then obviously that led up to the work that you’re now doing in starting LogicStream. So what was the catalyst for you making that transition from the clinical role to what you were doing at Walters Clure Health?

Patrick Yoder: Well, I think in general, there’s been a couple of jumps that I made. But I mean, that was the first one. And I remember that pretty specifically. I was working clinically in the ICU at a regional health center. And I even had this discussion with my parents, who you can imagine — and I was a few years into my career, and I said, “You know what, I think I’m going to jump to the corporate side of healthcare.” And they were kind of looked at me funny and said, “Why in the world did you go to pharmacy school if you wanted to be a business guy?” And I don’t know, I just, I think I’m kind of a calculated risk taker. And I think there was a real opportunity in that job, and I kind of felt like I could always keep my pharmacy skills up, although that’s actually a lot harder now than it used to be. But just really decided I wanted to take a look at that opportunity and really looked at it that way instead of a risk.

Tim Ulbrich: Did you — I’m curious — do you remember back in pharmacy school having some of those business interests? I mean, was that something that was always front of your mind? I mean, obviously you went into that clinical path right out but can you tie back now that you put yourself in a CEO role, can you tie it back to, yeah, you know, I really was mindset around the business component all along?

Patrick Yoder: Yeah. That actually really started with me as a kid. So my parents were entrepreneurs and started several businesses. And so the things that I was exposed to as a kid, talking about financial statements and employees and all that stuff around the dinner table. I later figured out, well, that’s just not normal. Most kids aren’t exposed to that kind of world. And so, a lot of the things that I actually thought were difficulties because I heard my parents like talking through some of this stuff, that really actually led me to a professional degree where some of the biggest things that I really had a desire to do more of after I had that professional degree. And I think there’s different ways to approach that. You certainly could do health system administration and pharmacy leadership and all of those angles as well. I just had this — for whatever reason, really liked to create things and ended up on a path that allowed me to do that.

Tim Ulbrich: So 2013 — I’m hitting fast track on your career just out of the sake of time here — but 2013, you founded LogicStream. Obviously, you currently serve as the CEO and co-founder of that. Tell us about the vision that you had for that company. Where did the idea come from? And obviously, with any business, you’re trying to solve a problem, right? So what business were you trying to solve in starting that company?

Patrick Yoder: Yeah, so I mean, just going back just a little bit, at Walters Clure, we were very much in the middle of the EHR adoption phase. So basically, everyone was buying Electronic Health Records, everyone was installing them and putting them in their health systems. And a lot of the products we built there, which I was on the kind of new product development team, and my group of folks did a lot of work in that area. And therefore, I spent a lot of time in the market, and so I was always thinking about, well, what’s next? What is going to be the next problem? And through that, really figured out that Electronic Health Record is actually just the beginning. All of the things that we were doing to put those in place were baseline. And we weren’t thinking at all about or not as much as we should have been thinking about how do we use this technology to actually change the way we work. And in fact, that’s really where LogicStream and the ideas originally came from is how do you not only have an EHR in place but really use it to help your clinicians do the right thing and do it more often that maybe they can remember on their own?

Tim Ulbrich: So obviously, that experience you had at Walters Clure gave you the foundation and sparked that idea, which then became LogicStream. And I think one of the questions I’m very interested in learning more about is your mindset around risk at the time. You obviously had a great job, and so you’re making this decision to start something new. And I think that is a factor that can prohibit and paralyze many pharmacists that may be thinking of an entrepreneurial idea. So what type of risk did you take on to leave a comfortable and successful career to start this company? And if you had fears at the time, how did you overcome any of those fears and overcome any of the self-limiting beliefs that you may have had about, you know, in reference to your parents earlier, that you’ve got a great career, and now all of a sudden, you’re going to jump out and do something on your own?

Patrick Yoder: Yeah, well, you think that conversation was challenging when I was a pharmacist going to the corporate world, you can imagine what it was like when I now have a family and a wife, and they look at me like, wait, you’re going to do what?

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah.

Patrick Yoder: What’s this story here? You know, but luckily, through my work at Clure, I had a lot of connections. And I really leveraged those to help soften that transition. So I actually went back to the care delivery side of the world for a short period of time to validate some of the ideas that I had about building a company or a product. And then also leveraged the relationships to do a lot of contracting and consulting work in the interim as well. And you know, I guess the real driver for me was that I could see that there was a better way and really wanted to play out that thought and test it and see if it was real. And that’s I think the balance. I mean, most entrepreneurs are generally risk-takers anyways. I think the smart thing to do is be pragmatic about that and understand the risk as much as you can. And certainly having a pharmacy degree is a really nice backstop, right? You can always jump back into that and have plenty of work to do.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and I love what you said there. I mean, that resonates with me. And for many that are thinking of business ideas is that you’ve got a degree to fall back on. You know, many that are starting companies don’t, obviously. Many people can start, you know, a business while they’re obviously working or at least kind of begin to get that process going. And I really liked what you said about the validation process, right? So you had an idea and you went in and worked to validate some of that before you jumped in, obviously, to the beginnings of that company. So the drug shortage app — and we talked a little bit about this before we hit record — is obviously a big area that you’re working on now. Drug shortage app from LogicStream Health made its debut, as I understand it, at the 2018 ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting in Anaheim, and I wish I would have known that before the meeting. I was actually there, so I wish I would have known that. I could have stopped by the booth and say hello. But tell us a little bit about that app and why this solution is so important to our profession and to healthcare?

Patrick Yoder: Yeah, well, I think for me personally, it’s really exciting because you know, we started this company and have a large number of hospital customers across the country. And we typically work in with nurses and physicians a lot on improving their processes. And so it’s really exciting for me to actually be able to launch more so into the pharmacy space in a very specific way. And the way we actually ended up here is we listened to our customers and what the pharmacists that were using our software tools, even before we launched the app, were saying about their biggest problems. And I think it really became apparent to us as a group that, you know, drug shortages are a huge problem. They basically disrupt the primary workflow of the pharmacist, so you can’t actually take an order or a prescription and create a safely administered drug. And that’s a huge problem, and it was basically sucking up a lot of their time trying to figure out how to use alternatives or really buy directly from manufacturers or whatever the case may be. And then it also has a huge safety component, which drug shortages and using different formulations and different drugs that aren’t common to a health system can actually lead to adverse drug events for patients, which is kind of near and dear to any healthcare person’s heart. So we’re really excited about the opportunity to help pharmacists in a very meaningful way.

Tim Ulbrich: So when you launched that at the Midyear meeting, I mean, was that a moment of celebration and culmination of hard work? Or are things just so busy and moving so quickly that you’re kind of always onto the next project or even to see obviously that through for the time being?

Patrick Yoder: Oh no, that’s absolutely the way it works. I mean, the team here puts in a tremendous amount of energy when we’re launching a new product. And you know, months ahead of time, you’re doing plenty of work and designing how all the screens work and how it actually gathers the data necessary to make it run, and so we had even prior to that, spent many, many hours with pharmacists on the phone, understanding the pain points of the whole problem. And so absolutely, it was definitely an event and something that the entire company wanted to hear more about, even during the show as it was going on, how well it was really fitting with the needs of pharmacists.

Tim Ulbrich: One of the common questions I get from people on different ideas is they always say, “I’d like to start an app to do this or that,” and you know, then the next follow-up question is, “What exactly goes into developing an app?” And not that we’re going to get in on that in this show, and obviously, we’re pharmacists, right? We’re not developers. But I think my question to you is what advice would you have for somebody in terms of where do you start? I mean, is this something that you have to go out and raise a bunch of money and capital to get some backing to do? Or where does somebody start with an idea of an app for whatever problem that they’re trying to solve?

Patrick Yoder: I would highly recommend not going out and getting a bunch of capital to start with. That’s not what we did. And in fact, most of the thing that you need to do first is actually just start. And that sounds kind of strange, but it is really the way it works because as soon as you start, you put yourself on a path to learn a whole lot more about the problem than you understand today. And in fact, that is actually where all of your intellectual property comes from that then you can use to raise capital in much better scenarios than Day 1. So just start, and be ready for some sleepless nights and maybe a lot of them. And you’ll learn very quickly if it’s a good fit or not. And don’t be scared of the fact that it’s not because there actually will likely be a whole bunch of things around it that are a really good fit in the marketplace, and then you’ll have to choose which one you want to pursue, which is actually a good problem to have but also a very difficult decision.

Tim Ulbrich: I love what you said there. I actually just posted recently on our Facebook group, one of my favorite books that I like to reference a lot is actually called “Start” by Jon Eckhoff. I don’t know if you’ve read it before, but it was really instrumental for me when I was starting Your Financial Pharmacist back in 2015 that when you have I think a new idea, and obviously what we’ve been working on isn’t the scale of what you’re doing over at LogicStream, but there’s so many fears and limiting beliefs that come into play. And well, I don’t know how to do x or what about setting up the structure of the organization? Or where’s the money going to come from? Or what about the website? What about the accounting? The legal? All of these things. And I think the thing I look back at that allowed us to get going was just taking the first step, right? Just starting. And you know, as I look back, it wasn’t pretty. It wasn’t how I would do it today, but every one of those steps leads to another learning moment. And you don’t know what you’re fully stepping into until you actually embrace that step. And I’m guessing you felt a little bit of that back in 2013 and even as you entered into the app development and new products or services, you know, I’m sure there’s some of that as well. So I think there’s great wisdom in there that I hope our listeners heard in what you just said there. One of the things, Patrick, that stood out to me as I was looking at LogicStream’s website is I think front and center on your homepage or maybe just scrolling down a little bit on your homepage, I noticed that your company has been active even already in the New Year with volunteering with the food group in New Hope, Minnesota. And we talk a lot about here the importance of philanthropic efforts as a part of a financial plan and how that really provides perspective. And to me, as I saw this, this really was an indicator of the value that you see as your company and the role it plays in philanthropic activities and in the community and in serving in the community. So why do you feel as the CEO that it’s important for your company and your employees to be a part of serving and giving in the community?

Patrick Yoder: Yeah, well, it’s a huge piece and sort of team-building perspective, it helps — you know, having your team do something together that they kind of cross different areas of the company and they maybe don’t work together every day actually really helps build relationships and a real team. But you know, I think at the core, entrepreneurs and CEOs — and this may sound a little different than what you typically hear — so while our jobs are to create things and make money, we actually see that as actually a service to the world around us. So and it’s funny, one of my mentors taught me this. You know, if you think about something like LogicStream and we have 35 or so employees right now, those jobs didn’t exist without actually building the company and keeping to push it forward. And so even just those jobs and the value and the pay that we put into those people’s lives are in service, in some ways. And so we kind of just carry that out, I think, as a company across the board. And it is important for sure. And as we get larger, it becomes I think even more important and really a critical piece of how a company actually makes an even bigger impact in the world around them.

Tim Ulbrich: So along the lines, one of the things that sticks out to me that I alluded to a little bit earlier is I feel like pharmacists often by nature are fairly risk-averse. And I think part of that is maybe driven by personality but also in part because of, you know, you may graduate at 24-25 years old, and you’ve got a six-figure salary that’s facing you, and it may be hard to say no to that if you have $150,000 or $200,000 of student loan debt and other variables that are in there as well. But I think we as a profession are at a point where we need to create and innovate and stimulate and make some of these opportunities and reinvent how we have thought about practice and thought of different things. So I’m curious from your standpoint of somebody who graduated with a PharmD and now somebody being a CEO and an entrepreneur, what can we be doing or what should we be doing in pharmacy education to help provide some of these principles, whether it’s entrepreneurship or maybe even more intrepreneurship of those that aren’t going to go start their own company but need to be thinking in an entrepreneurial way inside of the organizations in which they operate?

Patrick Yoder: That’s an interesting question. And I think maybe I’ll answer it this way. So I’ll go back to my training when I was at the University of Iowa. You know, I don’t think we were very exposed to pharmacists that took unique paths. So we certainly were exposed to pharmacists that build their clinical practice in ambulatory care or some specialty pharmacy area, but never — I mean, I don’t remember ever being exposed to a pharmacist that is a technologist and started a technology company or some device. I mean, there’s probably endless examples of this. And that’s probably the first step, just opening up that a little bit so students can see, well, gees, there actually is a huge opportunity out here. And in fact, I think going back to your risk question, the whole fact that you have a professional degree — and I kind of get the loan stuff that goes with it, I’m still paying for mine, by the way.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah.

Patrick Yoder: It’s an opportunity. I mean, I really see it as an opportunity because you have that backstop that other people don’t have because of that degree and the time that you put in building that clinical knowledge. And in fact, I think in some ways, it makes you more effective in actually finding good solutions to the potential problems too. So it’s an opportunity, I think.

refinance student loans

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, I agree. I think exposure in the PharmD curricula is huge. I hope your alma mater is taking advantage of you. But even just planting the seeds, right? I mean, I think that if they can hear from somebody — and it may not be an area they’re necessarily interested in, but just to know that, you know, there’s different opportunities that are out there. I typically see there’s a mindset of I either can go into community-based pharmacy practice, or I can go into residency training. You know, that’s kind of the two trains of thought. And that may be where somebody starts or maybe not, but just to even begin to plant the seeds of there are different opportunities in which your degree can open doors and to get people thinking about those. So one of my questions for you is obviously, as somebody who is I’m assuming extremely busy and you’re trying to balance family and prioritizing that as well and making sure you’re serving your employees and the company and the vision you have, what do you do for fun? I mean, how do you keep yourself from burning out? What are your strategies?
Patrick Yoder: That’s a great question. You know, I actually think that — and I am pretty busy. I spend an awful lot of time working on the company and, to some extent, in the company as well. And I think about burnout more about as a mindshare problem, and so if you can’t ever get away from, you know, applying your thoughts and mental energy towards the business, that’s actually I think what burns you out. So if you do that non-stop forever, you’re not going to — you’re going to burnout. Whereas if you just can create some time — and it doesn’t even have to be in big chunks — but some time throughout the week where you’re not spending your mental energy on that, that really helps keep you balanced. And then I think the other thing you always have to really be very cognizant of is your family, right? So just because I’m an entrepreneur doesn’t mean that my wife is, doesn’t mean that my kids will be, so you have to understand probably the level of commitment and energy that you’re actually putting into the business and take time away to just spend with them. And it actually doesn’t have to be as complicated as it sounds. Sometimes it’s a conversation over a coffee.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, absolutely. Good stuff. I want to finish out with an idea that I’m trying for the first time, I’m stealing actually from Tim Ferriss, author of “The Four-Hour Work Week,” widely known for his podcast. I started reading his book called “The Triumph of Mentors,” which we’ll link to in the show notes. And in there, he essentially interviews a lot of people with some questions to really pry into their brain and how do they operate and what do they think and how might people who are interested in some of these ideas begin to think about further developing themselves. And I think what I love about these questions is that it’s going to give myself, selfishly, and our listeners some insight into how successful entrepreneurs and people doing things like you’re doing are thinking and the behaviors and habits that contribute to success. So I’m going to rapid-fire a few questions, and then we’ll wrap up with some more information about where people can learn about what you’re doing. So let’s start, Patrick, with if you’re a reader? I’m assuming you are. It seems like most entrepreneurs are. But what are one, two or three books that you feel like have really greatly influenced your life and the way in which you think?

Patrick Yoder: Oh yeah, there’s a long list, so I’ll pick out what I think are probably some of the most pivotal ones. And I actually read books that are, I don’t know, I find a lot of value in their contextual. So starting the company, one of the big ones that I absolutely loved was “The Innovator’s Prescription,” Clayton Christensen’s book. He actually wrote a whole series of them. I’ve actually read all of them, but that book is just — it helped me kind of frame up how to really think about the dilemmas of innovation inside a big company and then what it means for an entrepreneur. I really like a lot of Daniel Pink’s stuff, you know, “Drive,” “To Sell is Human,” all of those typical things that you run into pretty quickly in a company. It’s like basically how do you get people to buy the stuff that you’ve built that’s really cool, right? And then my favorite book, which is actually almost like a textbook — so mine’s all marked up and I have little tabs on the pages — is Ben Horowitz’s book, “The Hard Thing About Hard Things.” And it’s —

Tim Ulbrich: Ah, I’ve never heard of it. Tell me more.

Patrick Yoder: It’s a fantastic book. I mean, it’s basically — so Ben Horowitz is a venture capitalist who’s also started companies and actually built them into kind of dot com era. It’s a terrific story, but it has — it’s just loads of great information about how he dealt with the difficulties of running an early-stage company and building it and venture funding and all that stuff. And I go back to it a lot and basically read his story because it’s very contextual and real. I mean, you can tell that he was living it. So it’s really a fantastic, fantastic book.

Tim Ulbrich: Great recommendation. We’ll link to those in the show notes. And I’ll be ordering those from the library soon. So thank you for the recommendations. So let’s talk about for a moment failure. Can you point back to a moment as you were starting up LogicStream or even maybe more recently with the app of something that you would say is a moment of a favorite failure? Something that you look back and say that in the moment, it may have been painful, but it’s really set me up for success in the future.

Patrick Yoder: Oh man, there’s probably some yesterday. I think that one of the key things that you’ll probably learn from talking to people like me, I would imagine, is the thought of failure is actually pretty different. So — and I tell my kids this all the time, and the first time I told them, they kind of looked at me weird and I bet their teachers probably hate me. But if you don’t fail, you actually can’t learn.

Tim Ulbrich: Absolutely.

Patrick Yoder: And so if you look at failure that way, you actually just try to do it faster, as fast as you can because in a company like ours, the faster you can learn, and the faster you can adjust to those learnings is your competitive edge. You know, you’re not going to win against Amazon by raising more money. You’re just not going to win that way. And so if you have that context about failure, it just totally changes the way you actually think about them. And I’m guessing in some ways, it actually changes your risk aversion towards them as well, towards failures.

Tim Ulbrich: I love that. I read recently something from Seth Godin. I’m drawing a blank on what it was, if it was a blog or one of his books, where he talked about exactly what you said and really trying to not avoid failure but where it’s happening, accelerate the process and minimize the damage.

Patrick Yoder: That’s probably true.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. But that it’s so essential, and I think to your point about it changes the risk aversion that I think can happen along the process way. Along the way. So what advice would you have, you know, lots of smart, driven pharmacy students that are listening, about how to enter the “real world.” What are some words of wisdom that you would have for them as they’re entering somewhat of a chaotic time in our profession and in healthcare at large?

Patrick Yoder: Yeah, I mean, I think that it’s — so I would actually recommend against just jumping straight to building companies. I think there is some significant learning that can happen very, very fast when you actually go out there and do the real work of pharmacists and learn how health systems are actually operating today. And then bring that to the table as part of your thought process. And then find people who have done this. I think that probably the interesting thing that most people may not know is that people like me, so I actually have a coach. I have a CEO mentor that has done this multiple times over, and I ask him questions all the time about how did you do this? What did you do about that? And it’s so helpful to have those kind of people around you. Even in my team, our CFO has done this multiple times over. Those kind of resources are just incredible to have because they really help you up your wisdom game, which you only get from experience. And so you know, kind of lean into those people that likely are smarter than you. But just be aware that they’re really trying to help you, and that’s a key part of it for sure.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and I love — just to piggyback on that — investing in the areas of your life a coach and a mentor that are most important to you. And I love that as a word of wisdom. So Patrick, my understanding, you actually host a podcast as well, LogicStream, to conduct interviews with healthcare leaders discussing trends and issues that affect healthcare leadership and clinicians, innovations in healthcare, IT and more. So beyond that podcast, which certainly our listeners can find and we’ll reference in the show notes, where can our listeners go to learn more about you and more about LogicStream?

Patrick Yoder: Yeah, I mean, the best place to go is our website, so LogicStreamHealth.com. There’s an awful lot of content out there, not only from me but from other people in our company as well as some of our customers. So certainly head out there and take a look, and if you have any questions for me, I’m always open to discussing interesting and exciting ideas with folks.

Tim Ulbrich: Awesome. So as we wrap up this week’s episode of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast, I want to give a special thanks to Patrick and their team at LogicStream that helped us get ready for this interview. Obviously, incredibly busy and for him to give us his time, I know is something that has left an impact on me. And I’m excited to be able to share this with the community. We’ll link to all of the things that we talked about in the show notes. And as always, we appreciate you as the YFP community joining us for this week’s episode of the podcast. And as always, if you liked what you heard, please leave us a review in iTunes or wherever you get your podcast each and every week. Have a great rest of your week.

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

YFP 084: How to Build a Following Through Amazing Content


How to Build a Following Through Amazing Content

On this episode of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast, Tim Church, YFP Team Member, interviews Brandon Dyson, co-founder of TL;DR Pharmacy, about how to build a following through amazing content on this side hustle series. TL;DR Pharmacy is a website that simplifies dense clinical topics and provides resources to help student pharmacists, residents, and new practitioners.

About Today’s Guest

Brandon Dyson, co-founder of TL;DR Pharmacy, a website that simplifies dense clinical topics and provides resources to help student pharmacists, residents, and new practitioners. He also is the pharmacy manager of a community oncology practice, and a passionate pharmacy educator.

Summary

Tim Church interviews Brandon Dyson, PharmD on this side hustle series episode. Brandon Dyson has a number of side hustles that diversify his streams of income, all of which he’s passionate about and enjoys doing. Brandon’s main side hustle is the website TL;DR Pharmacy which is a platform that shares blogs, resources and cheat sheets for pharmacists, residents, new practitioners and others in medical professions. Working with long-time friend Sam and team member Steph, TL;DR Pharmacy aims to create approachable, digestible content in their products that break down some otherwise tough material. Their audience continues to grow with the intentional, well-crafted products and blogs they publish.

The website has been up and running for a couple of years and the TL;DR Pharmacy team has found that they bring in the most revenue through product generation. These products, like ebooks and cheat sheets, are relevant clinical pearls and lessons from their experiences that have been transformed into everything you need to know about said subject. Brandon also brings in money through affiliate partnerships and donations. The website is a host for a number of blogs written by the team. These blog posts are carefully crafted, as are all of their products, to ensure the best product is delivered to their community.

In addition to TL;DR Pharmacy, Brandon has a number of other side hustles. He teaches an online course through Georgetown University School of Nursing and also has recently published 100 Strong Residency Interview Questions, Answers, and Rationales with Tony Guerra, which is an incredible guide for anyone on the journey to land a residency position.

Although Brandon has a lot on his plate, making time for his family and finding that balance between work and life is incredibly important to him. He reminds everyone that TL;DR Pharmacy was built hour by hour when he was able to make time to work on it. He also shares that if you are going to pursue a side hustle, you have to be passionate about it and enjoy it.

Mentioned on the Show

Episode Transcript

Tim Church: What’s up, everyone? And welcome to Episode 084. We are doing back-to-back side hustle episodes, as you said you wanted to hear more of these stories. So big shoutout to the YFP Facebook group for helping us with ideas and topics for 2019. Looking back at the first episode I did that introduced the side hustle series, I discussed the concept from the book, “The Go-Giver,” that your income is determined by the number of people you serve and how well you serve them. Now, this is something that I truly believe in and really felt this permeate throughout the interview with our guest today. So today on the show, we’ve got Brandon Dyson, who is the co-founder of TLDR Pharmacy, a website that simplifies dense clinical topics and provides resources to help student pharmacists, residents and new practitioners. He’s also a pharmacy manager of a community oncology practice and a passionate pharmacy educator. Let’s go ahead and jump into the interview.

Tim Church: Brandon, thank you so much for taking the time to come on the show and for being part of this side hustle edition.

Brandon Dyson: Hey, Tim, thank you so much. I’m glad to be here.

Tim Church: Well, I want to first say thanks also for the guest post that you did for us a few months back called “Money Talks: The Price of the Pharmacy Residency Quest.” This has been an extremely popular post, and it’s just a great topic. So if you haven’t checked it out, I highly encourage you as it breaks down all the anticipated costs from going to Midyear and interviewing for different residency locations. So it’s a really great tool. I think you did an awesome job putting that together, so thank you for that.

Brandon Dyson: Of course. Really, it came out of how I dumbfounded I was going through it. I’m like, oh my God, this is awful like in terms of how much of a hit financially, you know, I took, we all took getting ready for it. And then as I’ve been a preceptor and dealing with working with students and finding out, oh, you’re going to interview at 10 different locations? Like, you know, which I understand, but boy, that’s expensive.

Tim Church: Yeah, exactly. And I think sometimes, like if you’re still dealing with loan money, that it may not feel that real or you’re just kind of in the mindset of like, I’m going to do whatever it takes to apply to as many as places. But it really can add up, and obviously, you talk a lot about that in the full “Mastering the Match” ebook that you have, which this is a part of that. Could you talk just briefly about what that tool is?

Brandon Dyson: “Mastering the Match?” Sure. To me, it’s what I wish existed when I was applying for residency. And I’ve been very involved in that process on both sides now. I went through it myself, obviously, and same with Sam and Steph, who helped us write it as well. And kind of what it is is start-to-finish, like here are all of the things that you can do to make yourself the most competitive applicant possible while also trying to tell you about hey, by the way, make sure you save a few thousand dollars up for interviews and for getting to Midyear and everything like that. It’s really just our start to finish, what we think is the best way, like it’ll go through how to interview and what to expect on your interview and how to make your CV and your cover letter and your presentation that you give during your interview, how to make them as effective as possible to just give guidance because there’s not a lot of it out there. There’s some schools that will have like a small resi-prep or residency boot camp, but not every school has that. And not every student, some people work or have a family and don’t have the time to do that. So it’s another option.

Tim Church: Yeah, and I love how you guys did this because you really broke it down into different phases, you know, before Midyear, during Midyear and after with the residency. So it’s really a nice chronological order of how you would approach pursuing a residency. So not only is the content awesome, but the way you guys organized it I think is really cool too. Well, I’m excited to talk about you, your role as a pharmacist and what you’re doing in your full-time job, but I’m going to switch things up a little bit, and I want to get right into your side hustle, the side businesses that you’re doing. So what is TLDR Pharmacy? And how did you get started with this?

Brandon Dyson: OK, so TLDR Pharmacy is — it’s in keeping with the trend, but it’s what I wish existed when I was in pharmacy school. I constantly — and I think most students genuinely want to learn this material. They want to understand it. They want to be able to know what’s relevant. Like they want to be able to tell patients and actually help people. And it’s so hard to read a medical journal and understand it, and it’s so hard to ask a professor, “Hey, I don’t understand this. Could you explain it?” And then be told to go read the book or something, you know? Go read the pero. And what I wanted was an accessible, readable, this is the way it works. And it’s kind of like it started just as a summary of stuff of what Sam and I, what we learned, like and how we understood things. And it’s still that, I mean, that’s still the part of it. It’s just it’s kind of grown from there, which has been really cool.

Tim Church: And so what does TLDR stand for? So for people that don’t know what that abbreviation is because I’ll be honest — and you guys listening are probably like, duh, like you should have known that — but I actually didn’t know what that stood for until I learned more about the business and what you guys do.

Brandon Dyson: Yeah, no, it’s actually a common question that I get emailed, which we’ve tried to address with our About page, but who reads About pages? So it stands for Too Long, Didn’t Read, which if you ever hang out on Reddit or any chat forum, it’s a way to either one, I wrote this really long-winded post, here’s the TLDR, here’s the summary of it. Or you know, you can see it used rudely as well where someone might write a long-winded post, and then one of the commenters will just say “TLDR.” So it’s sort of a tongue-and-cheek thing for us because some of our posts are quite — I mean, we’ve got posts that are 12,000 words long on this site. So some of them are very long. But it’s shorter than the chest guidelines, right? So it’s like.

Tim Church: Yeah, exactly. And so just to kind of summarize, you know, what TLDR Pharmacy is, I mean, it’s obviously, it’s a blog, it’s a platform where you’re sharing a lot of clinical pearls and information with the majority of it is actually free, right?
Brandon Dyson: Yeah. Greater than 98%, I would say, is free. It’s all just posts on the website and emails that I send out.

Tim Church: And if you guys haven’t checked this out, I think it’s just an amazing resource out there. But one of the things that I really admire about the work that you and Sam do is that not only is your content amazing because you really take the time to break it down and put al the most important pieces of information on any clinical topic, but you do it in a way that’s really fun. So there aren’t that many — I can’t read the pero and see a Star Wars meme come up in the book. So you know, really for me, I really enjoy kind of getting some of that humor and entertainment that you tie into it.

Brandon Dyson: And I think that helps you remember it, right? Like humans in general — I’m kind of generalizing — but we learn through stories. Right? Like think of the most memorable, like oh, I’ll never forget that because I saw it in this patient or I remember my professor telling me about this and saying, “Oh, and a patient died because this happened,” you know what I mean? You remember that because it’s a story. And if I can break down HIV management or whatever it is, you know, and throw in relevant stories or even just throwing in Star Wars memes, you know, you remember it. It’s something to hang onto, you know, that’s not just a sea of abbreviations and words and like chemical names and stuff like that.

Tim Church: Exactly. And I think there’s just so many blog out there, whether it’s pharmacy or non-pharmacy related where the content is just kind of surface-level, you know, you get through it maybe in just a minute, maybe even less. But one of the things — and as you kind of join your community, what I love is you basically put out there is that every piece of content we put out there, we are trying to wow you. We’re trying to make it so memorable that each post is a quality post that you’re actually going to take away a good chunk of information. And so I think that is such a cool thing that you guys do, and that’s why I think you’ve been — one of the reasons you’ve probably been so successful.

Brandon Dyson: I mean, I think that’s part of it. I agree. I’m not trying to give you — I’m long-winded, you’ve probably already been able to tell that, you know — but I’m not trying to give you a 500-word, despite our TLDR name, because you can’t adequately cover it.

Tim Church: Right, right.

Brandon Dyson: I try to do it in as few of words as possible. I’m not trying to throw out beautiful prose or anything, but 500 words is not enough to teach you every possible thing about Warfarin, right? We have a post that we just put up, you know, it’s over 9,000 words long. I feel like we’re still barely touching Warfarin. And it’s like, it just is what it is. It’s long, but we took the time. It took us months to write that to really go through, write it, edit it, make sure it was readable, make sure it was approachable. You know, it takes a long time, which is why we don’t post every day or even every week because it just, it takes too long. Future goals, maybe, but we need to have a staff of writers to get to that point.

Tim Church: Yeah, I mean, you guys just do a fantastic job. And I just, I love the quality of everything that you guys put out there. I think what’s cool is, like you mentioned, like 98% of the content which you guys have on there is free. I mean, which is great. So it’s a great resource for students, for residents, but even practicing pharmacists who need a refresher on a particular topic that’s really important, especially where pharmacists are involved a lot. So I think that is so cool, and I love the tagline that you guys have, “Get better at pharmacy.” That’s what we’re all about.

Brandon Dyson: I appreciate that. Thank you.

Tim Church: So Brandon, let’s break down a little bit on how TLDR Pharmacy makes money. Because even though you guys are providing a lot of free content, it is an online business for you and your partner Sam that manage it. Can you break down how you guys are making money?

Brandon Dyson: Yeah, absolutely. So one — I’ll start with how we don’t make money, which is via ads and things like that. So I don’t anticipate you’re ever going to read a sponsored post or have ads for Viagra or something popping up across any of our pages. And that’s just a choice because I hate dealing with those. They slow down, like I don’t like them on pages, and that’s just us doing our user experience. I’ve actually been emailed by representatives at Google or some big ad place, saying, “You could make blah, blah, blah with the traffic that your site gets,” and I’m just like, I don’t want to make money that way. So we don’t make money that way. How we make money primarily is through product generation, which we talked about “Mastering the Match,” so that’s an ebook that you can purchase to help you get into residency, right? Like my rule is if we’re going to charge you money for it, you’re going to get ridiculous level quality stuff. Like I don’t want your money, especially if you’re a student. Most of our audience are students or new practitioners. I don’t want to separate you from your money unless it’s going to be really worth your while. So we’ve written an ebook. Currently, we have “Mastering the Match.” We have another ebook called “Pharmacy School: The Missing Manual,” which is a guide to pharmacy school and doing well and setting yourself up well with it. And then we make cheat sheets as well, which are study guides, basically. We’ve got an HIV cheat sheet or an oncology cheat sheet or an anticoagulation cheat sheet. And what we try to do with these is take every relevant clinical pearl, monitoring piece, like they’ve really grown to be a lot more comprehensive. Our HIV cheat sheet is 16 pages long now, which is more or less like you can’t even call it a sheet. But it’s like everything that — as of this recording, it’s basically like everything that’s relevant for you to know about HIV pharmacotherapy, including opportunities (?). So again, it’s what is the product that I want to make? What do I want? And I’m looking for everything’s in one spot, here’s for HIV, here’s preferred regimens, here’s the clinical pearls for each, here’s the renal dose adjustments if there are any. Here’s opportunistic infections and what I need to start prophylaxing for them or when I treat them, for how long do I treat them, what are the drug interactions, what are those. Like it’s what do I think of in a product? Or what do I want in a product? Sam and I were both — I’m not going to get braggart or anything — but we were both very successful academically in school, and I think part of that is the way our brains work and organize this information. I just have a way of thinking. I can predict test questions. And my brain works that way, so I know how to study, and that goes into cheat sheet generation as well. It’s like, I just — it’s like my mutant. If I was in X-Men, this would be my mutant power. It’s like, oh, they’re going to ask about the alcohol dehydrogenases for a back of ear or the HLA, like it just — I don’t know why, I just notice these things. So that’s kind of the bulk of where we get it is through product for our income. And then we also, we’re affiliates for a few of Alex Barker’s courses or your YFP courses, we’re affiliates for.

Tim Church: Yeah, you make money off of us as well, which we appreciate that. But I think I’ve talked about on this side hustle series before that I think with a affiliate income, sometimes gets a bad rep, but truthfully, when you’re promoting products, everything that you have on your resources page, you even told me that there’s things that you believe in and you know are going to provide value to people. You’re not just pushing anything on there, you’re trying to direct them.

Brandon Dyson: Right. I think if I wanted to squeeze every penny that I could out of TLDR Pharmacy, you know, it would be different, right? But that’s not my primary, that’s not our goal. It’s to provide a resource that we wish existed. It’s to create something that we think should be there. As your site grows, it’s the fun little law, but it gets more and more expensive to run a website as it grows in popularity. I’m sure you know, it grows as your traffic grows. Your expenses go up right along with it. So we need to make money, and obviously, we take hours and hours and hours of our life to make these free articles.

Tim Church: Yeah, and I wanted to ask you about that too, Brandon, because one of the things that you guys do on your site, which I think is fair and reasonable because of the quality of the content that you guys produce is that you actually ask for donations. You know, which is not something that I commonly see, but just for all the reasons you just mentioned, you know, obviously it takes a lot of time, and it takes money to operate a website and to continue to produce this. So what has your experience been with that?

Brandon Dyson: I try not to go out of my — it’s one of those things — like again, especially if I’m going to separate a student from their money, I try not to be too much with it, so to speak. I want you to get something really valuable in return, which arguably, the blog posts are. But we do have a sort of a team of subscribers, so to speak, for donations or people that do one-off donations. And we welcome them, we love them, of course. We can’t even explain how much we appreciate that. You have two different options. You can just give a one-off donation, or you can subscribe for a few dollars a month, basically, $3 a month or $15 a month or $7 a month I think are the price points we have. And I mean, that’s a great way to support us — I like to compare it to a cup of coffee. For a cup of coffee a month, you can kind of help us exist, basically. But I try not to go too much. It’s down on the footer of the website, you know, and I mention it in one or two emails that you get when you sign up for the website. But other than that, I try not to blast it too much because generally, I’m kind of, hey, we made this new product that you can buy. This is a great way to support us too.

Tim Church: Right, right. So when you kind of break down the cheat sheets that you have and also “Mastering the Match,” and the “Pharmacy School: The Missing Manual,” what out of those products is actually producing the majority of the income? What’s the breakdown?

Brandon Dyson: Cheat sheets is definitely the majority. It might just be because we have more of them or maybe there’s more of a demand for them. We have them at various price points, anything from $4-19, depending on how comprehensive the sheet gets. And so I think that opens it up. And we also, you get a free cheat sheet just by joining our email list. So if you sign up, you get an antibiotic cheat sheet, which is kind of the thing that birthed that whole product line for us. And it’s been immensely popular, so it’s like, you get this for free. And I think a lot of people see that and are like, “Wow, this is amazing,” and then are willing to give up more, you know? And I think another reason cheat sheets work for us, I think, is that we have nurses and we have physicians and we have practicing pharmacists that follow us. The physician doesn’t give two shakes about getting a pharmacy residency, you know? But he might want to know about like all of the drug hurdles for (inaudible) management or something. So there’s I think a wider audience with the cheat sheets as well.

Tim Church: Yeah, I mean, I think it’s easy to see that what you guys are producing, especially the premium content that you guys charge for, is to that same level of quality that you’re doing with your blog posts. So that’s what’s really cool, and that’s why I tell a lot of people that you need to check that out because you’re going to get that value for what you’re paying. And what’s cool is, I mean, you’re obviously charging not very much in terms of exchange for that great value. So I think that’s really cool how you guys have that set up. Now, you mentioned that obviously, it takes time to run a website, it takes resources. Talk a little bit about your partnership with Sam and how do you guys kind of — how does TLDR function in terms of who’s having different responsibilities?

Brandon Dyson: So we work phenomenally well together, and for most things, either one of us could pick up seamlessly for the other. For most things. But we each have our sort of niches, like we each have our specialties. Sam’s specialty is one, the technology piece. And we’re a simple-to-run website. We use Squarespace, like there’s not a lot of coding or intense stuff that needs to happen. But there is a lot of stuff that integrations with email and with our sales platform that’s a lot of stuff that goes on on the back end that Sam is just phenomenally good at. I’m a lot better at just typing words into the computer box thing and hitting a submit button or whatever. So I do a lot more of the — to date, I’ve typed the vast majority of posts on the website. But now, we have Steph, who we brought on board with us. And she helps out with a lot of that, editing, guest posting, keeping stuff on the site at top quality. Sam has done a lot more of the back-end computer work, but Sam has written posts on the site. And in the early days, they were both kind of co-written by both of us. Like in the first 6-8 months of the site being active, there was probably equal doses of me and Sam. And then we started kind of the natural course of the website. We had no idea what we were doing in terms of like when we launched. We were just like, this is a thing that should exist, you know, and we kind of figured out how to make money with it or at least how to have it pay for itself. It took a long time before I would say we broke even. But it happened just through people emailing us, talking to people and experimenting with different things.

Tim Church: Well, I think that’s so cool, the partnership that you guys have. It really just does sound like you play off each other’s strengths to support the business and to make it be successful. So where did the inspiration come from for you guys to start this website and to make this great content?

Brandon Dyson: So honestly, it’s hard to remember kind of where it started. It started just with — Sam and I, we both went to the same pharmacy school. We went to Howard University, which is in Washington, D.C. He graduated a year below me. I was class of 2013, he was 2014. But both of us were pretty active in school, and both of us, I think importantly, tutored every single year of school. We were both — and in our fourth year, we were the “chief tutor,” the powerhead of this thing, very lucky, in fact. We were paid to give tutorials to our students, which was the class below us, basically. Not phenomenally well, but we were able to make a little bit of money by essentially studying your notes from last year and then tutoring the class below you, which trust me, re-going over your therapeutics notes, you know, year after year, helps you phenomenally with both the NAPLEX and with eventually creating a website called TLDR Pharmacy because you’ve been over it a number of times.

Tim Church: Right, right.

Brandon Dyson: So I think that was the biggest part of it is that we are both just kind of naturally interested in teaching and educating. We were both good at it — again, not to put too much — we enjoyed doing it, and we were able to — I think I said, we were good at taking exams. If we’re nothing else, we’re good at knowing which material is testable and what not to worry about. And so we were able to focus tutorials on study here, maybe study this if you have time, probably just forget about it and if there is a question, take the loss on it, so to speak. So you know, we both also did residency in D.C., different sites, but we talked and kept in touch throughout. And eventually, we just — it’s really hard. We talked about, we pivoted. We were going to make mobile apps at one point in time. Maybe one day, we still will. But like initially, we started getting together to talk because we were going to think about making some pharmacy-related apps. That was like the thing that we wanted to do. And it’s really hard to put an exact time where we somehow ended up being a blog, you know.

Tim Church: When did the first blog post go up?

Brandon Dyson: March 2016 is when I would say — I think it’s March 8 is our birthday. We may have had posts up a couple of days before that because, you know, if you launch, you have to launch with a couple of posts and the books. So I think it’s March 8, 2016 is our birthday. So yeah, we just did that and it’s really, really slow-going when you launch a website. Maybe you guys didn’t have quite that experience, but.

Tim Church: No, it is. It’s a growing process. And like you said, I think it takes so much sweat equity just to deliver great content, especially if you’re going to do it in multiple different formats and just the time to make quality content. I think it’s easy just to write short blog posts, which is what a lot of websites do. But to take the time to do the research to put it in, it is very, very time-consuming. And I think sometimes, even in the beginning, I don’t know if you felt this way — I know Tim Ulbrich, he has talked about it before that, you know, even though the intent in the beginning is not to monetize, per say, it’s really just to deliver quality content, but I think there does come a point where you’re questioning —

Brandon Dyson: Why am I doing this?
Tim Church: Will I ever actually make money from all this time that I’m putting in, right?

Brandon Dyson: Yeah. Luckily, it can be really cheap to start a website, right? Like it doesn’t cost that much, especially if you don’t have much of an email. Like there’s free options for getting an email server, you know. Like there’s plenty of different ways that you can do it. And you can do it really cheaply. And we did. We did the bare minimum. We got registered as an LLC in the state of Texas. I live in Texas, Sam’s currently in Virginia. Turns out Texas was much more cost effective to do it that way, so we did it that way. Another side hustle is that I teach online. I teach for Georgetown University School of Nursing. I’m a faculty there, I teach pharmacy or pharmacotherapy or whatever. But point being is that I have an .edu email address, and you can get a student discount for a few years on your website hosting through Squarespace, so we did that. Like we did everything to help us make ends meet, so to speak. So you can start it for less than $1,000 I think pretty easily.

Tim Church: It’s a matter of putting in the time and sticking with it because I think a lot of times, you underestimate what it’s going to take to maintain but also just to continually generate new content, quality content, all the time, right? Especially if you have a full-time job, which we’re going to get into that in a little bit. But I want to shift gears. So bottom line, TLDR Pharmacy, you’ve got to check it out. Get better at pharmacy, that’s the bottom line. So the other side hustle that you’ve got going on, as you just mentioned, is that you teach an online pharmacology class. So this is kind of aside from the website, something that you do. So can you talk a little bit more about that?

Brandon Dyson: Yeah. So my residency was done at Georgetown University Hospital in D.C. And you know, they don’t have a pharmacy school, but they do have a med school and a nursing school. And there was a teaching certificate of my residency. So part of that was to give a lecture, a couple lectures, for the nursing school. And they had recently, right before I came there, maybe a year it was in the making — but they had taken their NP for their Nurse Practitioner school, and they made it online. So their undergraduate portion was, and I believe still is, in person. But their nurse practitioner school that they have is all online. And I was offered — my residency director was working with them on that, so he was part of it. But I was able, I was offered, hey, are you interested in teaching? And it’s a great gig. I love it. And it still helps me write because I’m still going through pharmacology three times a year. Right? We go through and there’s three semesters in a year, basically. So I go through that, it’s once a week. I give a two-hour lecture, basically. And it’s like a Q&A. It’s a neat setup. They have pre-recorded lectures that they watch and reading assignments and all of that. And then I’m kind of like a TA where I just come in and, you know, like we go through — I have a lecture called CNS, like I go through everything from Parkinson’s to depression to Alzheimer’s. Like it’s insane to think about how much we lop into a two-hour lecture for them. But that’s kind of how it works. And it’s a really enjoyable — I love doing it. We just wrapped up the semester, literally this week, actually.

Tim Church: And how long did you say you’ve been doing that?

Brandon Dyson: Since residency, so I graduated residency in 2014. And I started pretty much immediately after that. So three times a year, three semesters a year, ever since.

Tim Church: And how’s your contract for that work? Is it an annual basis?

Brandon Dyson: No, it’s done per semester. Or yeah. You’re lopped on for 14 weeks at a time, basically.

Tim Church: And so they basically just keep renewing that because you must be doing a pretty darn good job for to continue with that.

Brandon Dyson: My students that we just finished with — and honestly, I had no idea but very touching — but they told me that there’s like a private group or whatever for students to talk about the whole curriculum. And they said like one, my class is like the — mine specifically is one of the most highly sought out — I feel like I’m bragging now.

Tim Church: Go ahead, go ahead. Brag. This is your opportunity.

Brandon Dyson: It was like the most humbling — it was such a cool thing. They’re like, “Yeah, everyone talks about, you’ve got to have his class, got to have his class.” And they said that it fills up in less than a minute, basically. Like my section is full in less than a minute.

Tim Church: Wow.

Brandon Dyson: There’s like — I don’t know — it just, I was touched. That’s the nicest thing anyone’s ever said. You’re like, come here guys, hug me. Cyberhug. So that was really cool. But it’s very rewarding. And I always learn something too because the neat thing about teaching nurse practitioners is that many of them have been practicing way longer than I’ve been a pharmacist. You know, they’ve been a nurse for a long time. They’re just now going back to get their NP, so there’s always some labor and delivery, something where I’m less familiar with drugs there, or like I’ll learn random facts like we all know alteplase used for strokes, cathflo, right? But it’s used for frostbite management in colder parts of the world and an off-label thing. They actually give them cathflo or alteplase for if you get frostbite. Random facts like that that I would never pick up on. So fun stuff.

Tim Church: That’s awesome. So it sounds like it is a very rewarding experience and just a cool opportunity for you to share some of your knowledge. But obviously also, you get paid for doing that, right?

Brandon Dyson: Oh yeah, absolutely. As much as I love doing, I would not do that without payment.

Tim Church: What is the income from that look like?

Brandon Dyson: I mean, it’s good. I make a few thousand dollars a semester doing it. I think I’m averaging about $1,000 a month doing that right now is where I’m at with them. So it’s great for a couple hours a week. You know, obviously, there’s additional work. There’s emails that I answer, there’s tests, there’s things like that. But if you were to break it down hourly for the amount of time I spend actively on that class, like I would make way more than I do in my day job. It’s just I only do it a couple hours a week.

Tim Church: Right, right. That’s cool. I mean, that’s a nice chunk of additional income coming in. So with that and the website, and then I know you got another project that you just put out, which is awesome. And I’m just looking on here on Amazon right now, so “100 Strong Residency Interview Questions and Answers” that you co-wrote with Tony Guerra, which is a No. 1 new release in educational professional development. So first off, congratulations.

Brandon Dyson: Thank you, thank you.

Tim Church: A much needed resource because I’m looking at that, I’m like, OK, where was that when I was applying to residency and going through it? But that is, you know, such a cool thing that you guys recently put out. And I’m excited for you guys. Can you talk a little bit about that?

Brandon Dyson: Yeah. That was Tony’s idea, honestly. I call him like the Yoda of producing audio books and pharmacy now. He’s like really getting good at it. But I’ve worked with Tony, I’ve been on his podcast a few times, and we’ve chatted back and forth for a few years now and worked together before, and it just was a great idea. It’s residency season, we’re like, hey, let’s knock this thing out. My stance is that once you’re — the hardest thing in residency is getting an interview. But like the next hardest thing, you know, once you’ve made past that cut, is like most people don’t realize that what the interview’s really about, you know?
Tim Church: And can get intense. And it can get intense. For those of you that haven’t gone through the process, like especially the ones that ask you — like I got asked a lot of really tough clinical questions I wasn’t prepared for.

Brandon Dyson: Right. And it’s good to know, like having sat on the other side of that table, what we’re really looking for. And it’s not necessarily that — I don’t care that you’re a clinical expert because you can learn that. But I want to see if you’re going to make up some answer, right? Or I’m going to see how you crumble under pressure, like if you go through the scrutiny of attending physician that asks you why. Like the reason you’re getting those targeted questions, you know, most of them at least, are not necessarily, OK, well he’s just not clinical enough for this residency. Like that’s not the point. The point of them is to assess how you react to questions like that, if that makes sense. And that’s what this book is covering, stuff like that.

refinance student loans

Tim Church: Yeah, I think it’s just a great resource to have that many questions that are available all in one place. I’ve seen other resources that are kind of mix-and-match, here and there, different places, so I think it’s kind of cool. And I hope people actually use it as like a mock interview too. I think that would be pretty cool to use it that way.
Brandon Dyson: Yeah. And I think that’s part of what we’re going for. I mean, like it’s geared toward residents, don’t get me wrong. It’s 100 strong residency questions, right? But these are standard job interview questions, especially if you’re going to be in the field of pharmacy. Some of the questions, you know, you could go apply to be a server at Applebee’s, and you’ll get asked the same questions, right? Or some variation of it. Some of them are just those situational interview — tell me about a time that you had a conflict, you know, like it’s the same thing, just applied to pharmacy. It’s a book that will benefit you, period. We go through the question, we give you a sample answer, and we tell you why that answer’s good from the perspective of people that listen to interviews just like this all the time, you know? So it’s, I think, a really helpful book. And we did a really cool giveaway when we first got it launched on Amazon. We just gave it away free for a day. And it was probably the reason it became a No. 1 is we gave away — over 2,100 people I think downloaded it or something. So that was really cool.

Tim Church: Wow. That’s impressive. That’s awesome. Probably a combination of the audience that you built but just the genuine interest in this topic. I know you guys are coming out also, there’s going to be an audio version. That’s on its way?

Brandon Dyson: Yeah, that’s — I guess by the time this podcast airs, it’ll be out. We’re within a couple of weeks, basically. It’s submitted to Amazon or to Audible, so it’s just a matter of waiting for the Bezos approval, and then we’ll kind of go from there, you know. So that’s kind of cool. And the audio book is really helpful. You can listen to that in your car on your way to the interview, right? Or on the plane ride if you’re flying to an interview or anything like that and just kind of really help yourself prepare that way. I listen to audiobooks all the time, so it’s a great way to absorb content, you know, especially if you’re not a visual learner or whatever.

Tim Church: Definitely. Well, and I think there’s so much available time when you’re in your car or doing mindless activities where you can really multitask with the audiobook, so I’m a believer as well. So what I want to know is you’ve got a lot of businesses, a lot of things going in that are bringing in this additional income. But what is your strategy on how you’re allocating that? Are you specifying this additional income as going to different place than what your full-time income is? Or how are you doing that?
Brandon Dyson: No, that’s a great question. To me, it’s all the same pot. Like I’m the sole income earner for the family. I’ve got a family of four. A new family of four, for that matter, 2 months old is our youngest right now. And I understand the points of separating and mentally, at least, I do. But to me, it’s also all going in the same pot. And so I use it to help us meet our financial goals. You know, we’ve got a house that always needs updating, right, or something breaks or we also for the longest time, we lived in a 700-square foot apartment. So when we finally bought a real house, I mean, it’s still not furnished. So we have things like that, but I’ve also, you know, I graduated with just over $200,000 in student loans, which I’ve got down in the 90s now, so we’re working on that. But I don’t want to sacrifice retirement, so we’re contributing there. You know what I mean? So it’s a matter of like in my ideal world, I would be like, maxed out in all possible retirement contributions, IRA, 401k, etc. while paying down extra on loans and things like that and maybe having a little bit of fun money for buying a couch for upstairs or something like that for the house.
Tim Church: Right.

Brandon Dyson: But we need a piece of furniture so there’s a place to sit somewhere upstairs. So it kind of just, to me, all goes into things like that. And then it’s just a matter of prioritizing what’s most important with my wife, myself, like we make that decision. We meet together somewhat regularly and kind of say, OK, next little windfall we get, you know, we’re going to spend x amount on this, we’re going to do this with x amount, and we kind of make the decision that way.

Tim Church: That’s great. I mean, that’s cool that you guys work together, you already have a plan in place for this additional income as it comes in. So obviously, we talk a lot about that in “Seven Figure,” but I think it’s important because sometimes, people will treat the newfound money differently. But I was almost like setting you up for that. You passed, by the way, Brandon.

Brandon Dyson: Yes. I read “Seven Figure.”

Tim Church: No, but that’s cool. And I think that really is the key is just knowing what your plan of attack is. So I mean, a lot of people, when they talk to me about side hustles and things like that, I mean, they always talk about how difficult it can be to manage a full-time job and your personal life. And obviously, you’re doing a lot of things. I mean, we just went through, I mean, different books, eguides, the website, you know, I guess first off, you know, what is your full-time job as a pharmacist? And then how are you managing all of these side hustles with that job and then also your personal life?
Brandon Dyson: Yeah, that’s sort of a — struggle is not the right word, but it’s definitely an endless, you know, battle let’s call it. That sounds like a struggle too. But it’s something I think about a lot. So my full-time job, I’m a pharmacy manager. I’m an oncology specialist, if you get official into what I do in the real world, so to speak, so I’m a pharmacy manager of an outpatient infusion clinic. And we’re also a retail pharmacy. So one of the benefits of this — and I actually just transitioned. I was in a hospital working forever as an oncology pharmacist but just inpatient generalist, so to speak, up until literally about six months ago, this opportunity came up. So transitioned, it’s a big year of transitions for us between having a child and changing jobs and everything like that. But the cool thing about this is that it’s much more banker hours, so to speak, in terms of pharmacy, you know? Like my job is now Monday to Friday, no evenings, weekends or holidays, which coming from hospital work is just like a godsend, especially growing a family. So that’s excellent. In terms of finding the other time, it just requires a lot of scheduling with my wife to make, well, we know when I’m teaching. It’s the same night every time. I try to get the same time slot so that that’s always consistent. OK, I teach on Thursdays or whatever. I think the key, the key to it, you know, in terms of making TLDR and doing ebooks or whatever else it is, it’s doing things that you’re passionate about. I’m just not a person that sits around and watches a lot of TV. I’m not judging anyone that does or anything, I just don’t do it. It doesn’t interest me as much. I watch a show with my wife, and we like to watch movies, but if I’m given free time, I’m probably going to read or I might want to work on — like it’s fun to me to produce things, like to make a website. I love the juxtaposition of putting Star Wars references in — I crack myself up with my own stuff all the time. Like and it just is fun for me to do. I don’t know why. Because I’m a nerd like that, I guess.

Tim Church: I’m pumped because I did a webinar for the APhA member this week, and you inspired me. So I had to put one in there. It wasn’t a Star Wars. I think it was like a Full House one.

Brandon Dyson: Oh, perfect.

Tim Church: But it seemed to work. But I was like, oh, Brandon would be proud of that.

Brandon Dyson: So proud. Yeah, it’s just — you have to enjoy it. Like I enjoy doing TLDR. If I didn’t — I mean, I was not paid for TLDR Pharmacy for a very long time, I assure you. And it kept going because I enjoy doing it. And I’m not retiring or anything any time soon, but it does bring home money for me now. And that’s also incredibly — you know, there’s nothing more rewarding to me than creating something. Like TLDR Pharmacy is like a diary in so many ways for me, you know? You put that out there, you try to make something of value and having complete strangers give you credit card information for it and then tell you about how excellent it was and how much it helped them do this. And I don’t think I would have passed the NAPLEX without this. Like I can’t tell you how gratifying it is, just the reach that we have. It’s amazing. I love it. And I would do it for free. But I’m happy to be paid for it too, you know?

Tim Church: Of course, of course.

Brandon Dyson: So I think that’s really on balance. I try to be — ironically, for me, having a family, I think actually made me more productive, in a certain sense. Only in that there’s this thing called Parkinson’s Law, which is the amount of time that it takes you to do something will expand to fit the amount of time, you know, the amount of space that you give to do it. I just have less time now, you know? I really want to spend time with my family. I don’t want to be one of those fathers that’s hovering over the computer not paying attention to his kids, saying, “Daddy’s got to write.” That’s not going to be me either. I just have less time, so when I do have an hour or two hours, I’ve got to be really intentional about it. And I think ironically, it helps me, I find myself that I’m not scrolling Facebook now, you know? And I would never have guessed that, but I think it helps. It makes me, OK, I have to focus. And that’s kind of how I fit it in. Do stuff that’s interesting to me.

Tim Church: So it sounds like it’s making you much more intentional about how you’re scheduling that time and making sure that you’re doing what you need to do for the website and your projects but also making sure that there’s quality time there. Is there any specific timeframes or in a given week, do you work in the morning? In the evening? Weekends? Like what seems to work best for you?
Brandon Dyson: So up until the 2-month-old, until Baby 2 came, I was a religious up at 5, work on TLDR or whatever else I was doing, you know, for a couple of hours, and then go to work. As anyone with small children can attest, that schedule — my youngest son does not care about that schedule at all. Neither does my oldest, for that matter. So it’s much more now, less regular. I still try to get up early. But I’m not waking up at 5, at least not right now because I probably slept terribly, and so I need that extra hour or so. So I’m sleeping until 6. And I try to work on stuff, and most mornings, I’ll be able to get an hour in before I have to start getting ready for work. So I’m getting about an hour most mornings. Unless I have a specific deadline with TLDR, which is great when it’s your own business, you don’t really have a specific deadline with it unless you set one internally. So unless I have a specific deadline, I don’t do a lot at night unless it’s I’ll respond to emails, catch up on emails at nighttime and stuff like that. We do get a lot of emails from people because we encourage it. I enjoy connecting with people, so I put that on myself. But I enjoy that too. Weekends are hit-or-miss. If there’s time, like during naptime for the kids, I’ll spend a couple hours doing something then. But you know, otherwise, I just try to spend time with my wife or family or do things like that. That stuff’s important too and without that, then none of the TLDR stuff really could happen, right? I couldn’t do it without the support of my wife. And our relationship wouldn’t work without putting in those dividends too, so to speak.

Tim Church: I hope she listens to this. You’re going to score some major points there, Brandon.

Brandon Dyson: Almost guaranteed she won’t. But I’ll tell her to. This one, you’ve got to.

Tim Church: Yeah, exactly. Exactly. Well, that’s awesome. And thanks for sharing that because I think a lot of people are a little overwhelmed, or just the idea of trying to take on something else beyond their full-time job and their personal life, it can just be pretty tough to think about and to actually put some kind of a vision into reality.

Brandon Dyson: If I could say just one piece to help with that is that especially in the early days of TLDR Pharmacy, like everything had — we published well over 100,000 words. I counted, again, because I’m a nerd like that. And it all happened one hour at a time. You know? Like it does not have to be — like you can build a great thing one hour at a time. It will take a lot longer than eight hours at a time, but like TLDR Pharmacy, even still is primarily between — because Sam’s a father as well, you know. Like we all have full-time jobs. It’s built one or two hours at a time. And then if you make remarkable content or you make a reason for people to come, and it grows, and you can grow with it as well. But it’s, you know, it’s a side hustle. It truly is a side hustle. We do it when we have the free time for it.

Tim Church: Yeah, that is so good, what you just said. I mean, I love that. One hour at a time can turn into something pretty outstanding, pretty remarkable. And really, when you were talking about that, it kind of brought me to mind “The Compound Effect” by Darren Hardy, which is taking small, consistent actions over time just have these astronomical results. And I think that’s so cool because even if it takes awhile to get things there, just that consistency can really pay off over time.

Brandon Dyson: Yeah, when we launched, we would get 100 people a week, you know, or sometimes 200. No, 100 a month was probably good for us when we first launched the site. And we hit over 40,000 a month now and still growing, you know? Like it’s just one hour at a time. The reach you can have is amazing.

Tim Church: Well, Brandon, as we wrap up here, what advice would you give to other pharmacists or even students out there who have an interest in becoming an entrepreneur or starting a side hustle?

Brandon Dyson: One, I think it’s one of the greatest things you can do. I don’t want to get doomsday on our job outlook, so to speak, but you’ve got to have something to set yourself apart. TLDR Pharmacy is really fun, but it helped me get my current job. You know, the people interviewing, two of the pharmacists had known and downloaded cheat sheets from the site that I was interviewing with. So I’m like, whoa, that’s weird.

Tim Church: Wow, that’s awesome.

Brandon Dyson: But it’s something you’re known for. And the way I look at it, it’s a multifaceted effect for your career, like being into entrepreneurship. This is I’m speaking to a blog. I mean, it could be any side hustle. But one, you’re giving yourself a little bit of buffer with your income. If I were to lose my day job — knock on wood — I’ve got a couple of other streams of income that while would not be enough to cover all of my expenses, help. Right? Like it can really help as you start looking for a new job, you know. You’ve made yourself a little bit more resilient so that you’re not 100% dependent on this one job. And that’s especially true as you hear, oh, well this pharmacy’s cut down to 32 hours or whatever it might be. Or the starting salaries are dropping. Again, I’m not trying to get doomsday or whatever. But having additional income streams helps protect you from that and is part of a safety plan. If you want to go the route of a blog or any other sort of entrepreneur, your key thing is providing value to people and being your own unique voice. I think TLDR works because it’s our personality. You’re hearing Sam and I when you read these posts. Like it’s just us being us. Same with Steph. Steph is so into Star Wars. All of her posts have so much Star Wars. And like it’s just be you. Like we stand out, we are different than DiPiro (?) because we do things like that.

Tim Church: Yeah, I don’t see — I don’t remember there being any like memes in DiPiro.

Brandon Dyson: Gimbel. (?) Go to Gimbel had something, right? So I think, you know, the other is just to learn. Like I do enjoy learning about entrepreneurship. So I read a lot. I read books, you know, I’ve invested heavily in learning how to write, to write better and to communicate more effectively. So it’s like you’re investing in yourself. And I did that within the guise of helping TLDR Pharmacy, but you know, the cover letter — for this job that I currently took, I wrote the cover letter for it in like 30 minutes. And I was like, wow, that’s really good. I’m done. You know? And that happened because I write all the time now. It’s just through practice. So it’s like, all of these skills build up. I’ve taken courses on sales copywriting, for example. One, because it’s interesting. It’s an interesting science that I never thought about in terms of how do you effectively write sales copy or write copy. But two, it makes you communicate more effectively. You know? You have to put the bare minimum, and that gets fed into every single post on TLDR Pharmacy, even when I’m not selling you. I’m communicating very clearly and effectively with you. And like all of these skills build on each other. You learn a little bit about entrepreneurship and about how a business works. And now, all of a sudden I’m the manager of a pharmacy. I didn’t have necessarily prior experience, but this just kind of dropped in my lap, you know? Different things open up. Like this wasn’t part of my five-year plan. I don’t even really have a five-year plan. I just kind of work on what I think are interesting things that are going to improve me in some way and see where the wind takes me, so to speak.

Tim Church: Well, that is so cool. And I appreciate you sharing that because, you know, any way you look at it, when you’re relying on one source of income, one stream of income, you’re certainly there’s always a risk there, no matter what kind of job that you have. So I think that’s cool, like what you said about having multiple streams and making it work but also just the ability to develop those different skills can help you in many different ways. So I think that’s really cool. Well, I just want to close up here, Brandon, but just want to say thank you so much for No. 1, coming on the show, but just your commitment to the pharmacy profession. I mean, one of the things that really has stood out with your content but just you as a person is just how authentic you are and that commitment that you have to really help people and see them succeed. So I know that people are going to be better off because they’ve interacted with you, whether that’s on a personal level or whether it’s through the content that you’ve delivered. So just thank you for all that you do.

Brandon Dyson: I really appreciate that, Tim. Thank you so much.

Tim Church: Now, if you want to reach out to Brandon, you can check out his TLDRPharmacy.com. But if somebody wants to get in touch with you personally, where can they go, Brandon?
Brandon Dyson: You can email me also, just it’s at [email protected].

Tim Church: Awesome. Thank you so much, Brandon. It’s been a pleasure.

Brandon Dyson: Thank you, Tim.

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

Join the YFP Community!

YFP 083: You Know Where the Weight Room Is?: TJ’s Rise to Becoming an Entrepreneur


You Know Where the Weight Room Is?: TJ’s Rise to Becoming an Entrepreneur

On this episode of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast, Tim Church, YFP team member, leads another edition of the Side Hustle Series where he talks about ways you can create additional streams of income to reach your financial goals faster. This episode features Dr. TJ Allan, a pharmacist and entrepreneur who owns three gyms and is now teaching others how to open their own gym.

About Today’s Guest

TJ is a pharmacist, father, husband, and entrepreneur that enjoys fitness, arguing about the NBA, visiting Disney, and discussing all things business.

Summary

TJ Allan graduated from St. Louis College of Medicine in 2007 with not only a passion for pharmacy, but also for entrepreneurship. While in college TJ didn’t take on large expenses and was very conscious about his purchases and lifestyle. After he graduated, he began working for Walgreens. He was making a good salary and had benefits, however, he jumped on an opportunity to work as a local pharmacist in his small town so that he could become an entrepreneur.

He was living with his parents at the time and drove the same car he did while in college to keep his expenses low. This allowed TJ to save money to use for his business ventures. He opened his first gym, Ageless, in his hometown and broke even by the end of two weeks. He only had to put up $70-80,000 to start. Although several people said that the gym wouldn’t be open long because of its location and the success rate of gyms in general, his optimistic personality reminded him that he could have success. He continued to open two other gyms (a studio gym and spin gym) which have both been successful and are still open.

Ageless, which follows a 24 hour model with classes and only needs 40 hours of staffing each week, brings in $125,000 in revenue with a net profit of 40-45%. Each month, TJ makes $3,000 to $4,000 from Ageless as passive income, however he invests it directly back into the business. Collectively, the other two gyms bring in $90,000 of profit each year.

Of course, TJ has had several failures along the way, but these have taught him so much. He’s learned the importance of marketing and now follows a lean startup method.

TJ has created a work and life balance allowing him to be present for his wife and young daughter. He also has worked to create efficient business models so that he doesn’t have to spend a lot of time running the other businesses. With a block method of scheduling, he works on certain projects each day while also continuing to work as a pharmacist in his hometown.

Mentioned on the Show

Episode Transcript

Tim Church: What’s up, everyone? And welcome to Episode 083 of the podcast. I’m really excited about today’s guest to kick off the first side hustle episode of the year. I think you’re really going to enjoy hearing his story. On the first episode of 2019, the other Tims talked about setting financial goals and how important they are to having a successful year. For some of you, one of those goals may be to finally start that business or project that you’ve been thinking about. If that’s you, I really want to encourage you to think about those next steps to make that vision become a reality. And if you need some inspiration, you definitely don’t want to miss out on TJ’s story. So Dr. TJ Allan, he’s a pharmacist and entrepreneur who owns three gyms and is now teaching others how to open their own gym. He’s also a father, enjoys arguing about the NBA, visiting Disney and discussing all things business. Let’s go ahead and jump right into the interview.

Tim Church: TJ, thank you so much for taking the time to come on the show and for being a part of this side hustle edition.

TJ Allan: No problem. Thanks for having me.

Tim Church: OK, being a gym owner, I have to ask you this question before we go on. If there were no royalty issues to worry about, and I could have put on any song for you as you walk up to the mic for this recording, what would it be?

TJ Allan: Right now, I’m a Cardi B man. I don’t have a workout unless Cardi B’s on my iPod.

Tim Church: Wow, is that mandatory in all of your gyms too? That they’re playing that?

TJ Allan: The workout doesn’t count unless there’s Cardi B playing at some point in time during it.

Tim Church: Oh, that’s awesome. I was going to say, I thought maybe you’d go old school, but that’s cool. I like that. Well, I’m really excited to discuss your entrepreneurial and how you came to acquire three gyms. But before we do that, can you talk a little bit about your career path as a pharmacist?

TJ Allan: Yeah, because I think it’s really important to talk about that because there’s so much right now in this entrepreneurial world ripping on college and saying, if you want to go open these businesses, you don’t need college, it’s a waste of money, everything else like that. You know, I can honestly say that without college and without going through the pharmacy route, I don’t think I would be where I’m at with my entrepreneurial stage, without it. So I had actually attended St. Louis College of Pharmacy, graduated in 2007. I got involved in pharmacy, I had my sister’s boyfriend at the time had just graduated from there when I was a junior in high school, so it was on my radar. I was really big into sports, so I was trying to kind of figure out, do I want to do sports, do I want to go into something educational? And I was passionate about helping people is what I would kind of say. And I was also looking for a job that was secure, that paid well, and there was plenty of opportunities around. So of course, pharmacy was a viable option. And it was also nice that it was 45 minutes from my house. So that’s kind of how I got started. I love St. Louis College of Pharmacy. It was a great college. I enjoy pharmacy. People always say, you’ve got all these businesses, you’re doing all these, why don’t you just do this stuff full-time? Why are you still in the pharmacy? I like pharmacy. There’s really nothing right now I can say bad about the pharmacy world other than of people outside the pharmacy world ripping on it. But from my perspective, pharmacy has given me everything that I have right now.

Tim Church: Yeah, that’s awesome, TJ. And thanks for sharing that because I do agree that there is a lot of negativity, and I think it depends on kind of the environment that you’re in, the employers that you work for, but I think there are so many great opportunities to not only have a job and a position, but one that you feel fulfilled and feel like you are truly making a difference. So can you talk about your current role as a pharmacist and what you’re doing?

TJ Allan: Yeah. So right after I graduated pharmacy school, you know, I knew I wanted to move back home. I was a small town kid. My hometown and where I was born and raised has 3,200 people. I went to St. Louis, I’d been to other things, I don’t like the big city. So I knew I was going to come back to a hometown. At that point in time, 2007, you know, opportunities were everywhere. CVS was offering still the $40,000 sign-on bonus. I could go anywhere. I had actually signed on with Walgreens. And at that time, I was a floating pharmacist, so I was picking up shifts. I mean, I was working 60 hours a week, there were so many shifts available. So it was nice. So I stayed at Walgreens for about a year, maybe a little bit less than a year. And I had that entrepreneurial itch. I knew I wanted to get in something, open my own business, but I knew that being at Walgreens probably wasn’t going to allow me to do that because my hours were sporadic, when I was at work, I had literally no access to my cell phone or anything else. So I started looking for a job that would allow me to chase my entrepreneurial dreams but also allow me to still be in the pharmacy industry. And just by coincidence, the pharmacy was located in my hometown that I’d actually sent a letter to the owner my sixth year of pharmacy school, saying that I wanted to buy it, the pharmacist in charge job opened up at Sullivan’s Drugs. So I, of course, jumped on it and interviewed with them, did really well during the interview, but I was really kind of candid with I talked to them, you know, I’m coming back here at this small pharmacy because I want to also chase these entrepreneurial dreams that I have. So there are going to be days where I’m going to have to miss, I may not be able to work five days a week, I may have to take some personal calls during my shift, I may have to have Internet access during my shift. And he was fine with it. I mean, he was looking for somebody, but I told him, I said, “I’ll give 100%. I love pharmacy, but I also need to do this stuff.” So of course, there was a salary difference coming and going from Walgreens to a small, independent pharmacy. And there was also a benefits difference. So I mean, I took a hit. I went from Walgreens, I think at that time, I was making about $125,000 a year. And I started back there at $100,000, maybe $98,000 a year. Walgreens, of course, you had all the benefits back there. At that point in time, when I signed on, there was no retirement package, there was no IRA, anything like that, there was no health benefits. I was paying my own health insurance. So it was a hit, but it was a sacrifice that I was willing to make because I saw my long-term goals.

Tim Church: Was that a tough transition at first, taking that cut that you did?

TJ Allan: Not so much because, you know, I read a really good book. I got lucky. My sixth year in pharmacy — actually, fifth year in pharmacy school, I had a professor, Dr. Kenneth Shafenmeier (?), and he was kind of our business professor. And he really kind of took me under the wing and really explained things because he knew I kind of had a passion for the business side of things, he knew I wanted to be in an independent pharmacy or possibly even own one. So he had kind of always led me money-wise to the right things and the right books and everything else like that. So like the first book I read was “Rich Dad, Poor Dad,” by Robert — and I’ll probably butcher his name — but like Kowaski (Kiyosaki), is how I think you pronounce it. And you know, people have their opinions on that book. Some people say it’s awful, and the investment advice in there is horrible, outdated, etc. And that may very well be. I’m not here to argue that. But I will think what it did for me — and I think it will do it for a lot of pharmacy students that they need to read — is that it gave me the mindset of what do I spend my money on? Am I buying assets, which I had no idea what they really were at the time in pharmacy school. I was just trying to get by organic chemistry and that kind of stuff. Or am I buying these expenses? You know, am I buying a new car? So for me, I always kept my expenses to a minimum. At that point in time, when I was working for Walgreens and making $125,000 a year, and I’m still living with my parents, and I’m still driving the same car that I had in pharmacy school. So I never had these extravagant expenses like when you first get out of pharmacy school, I mean, you go from making $10,000 a year to $125,000 a year. Of course, the first thing you want to go buy is a brand new car. And it’s usually $50,000-60,000. I mean, you’re going probably for a BMW or a Mercedes, something like that. When you’ve suffered six years of pharmacy school and really worked your tail off, you want to be rewarded. I was never interested in that because I was just always interested in a business. So I looked at every expense I had was, man, what if I put that money in a business? What could it do? I mean, that was kind of my passion, that was always kind of my hobby was these businesses. I was never into cars, houses, that was not my thing. Those just didn’t really ever entice me. So for me, going from $130,000 to $100,000 at the independent pharmacy wasn’t really a big issue because I didn’t have those expenses.

Tim Church: And too, it sounds like you kind of had the vision and where you were going and the opportunities were going to be there by making that transition. So I think that’s pretty cool. I want to take a step back because what you said is pretty interesting because if you would have said what you did in the interview process to even another independent owner or somebody else to say, “Hey, I’m taking this job because I want to have the ability to work on some side hustles and other businesses, and I may even take calls during my shifts and things like that,” I mean, what was that dynamic like? Because I’m just picturing here like that if you were to say that, I have a feeling most employers probably would not like hearing that or probably would sort of turn away at that. Can you talk a little bit about that?

TJ Allan: Yeah, you know, I probably wouldn’t have — I know I wouldn’t have said that if I didn’t do my homework prior to. But I had known — like I said, in 2007, pharmacy market was all over. I mean, there was opportunities everywhere. I mean, jobs, they were struggling to fill spots for pharmacists. So I knew I had an advantage with this because I knew what Walgreens and CVS was paying, and I knew what this guy was paying. So I knew he was going to struggle getting someone to come to this small town at that pay rate as a pharmacist, and especially a decent, good pharmacist. So I knew had an advantage there. And I also kind of made it seem like, we had — I left this out. I should have mentioned this earlier. But during the interview process, you know, we had a handshake agreement when I left that I wanted to buy his pharmacy. And that’s kind of how I sold it, you know, I’m going to be doing all this stuff on the side, but I guarantee you I’m going to be giving 100% because I want to own this pharmacy when he retires. At that point in time, he’s about 66 years old. Now, he’s 70-something years old. So I think that’s what kind of sold it to him was he knew I was interested, he knew I was passionate, he knew I was going to give it all my all. But he also knew his pharmacy only did on an average day, 150-160 scripts a day. So there was a lot of time of just standing around. And he knew that. He was smart enough to know that. And he was smart enough to know, hey, I’m not going to be sitting here taking a phone call when I got six people waiting on me. But there was a lot of downtime that I could be working on that stuff. So I think that’s kind of why it worked because like, yeah, you say that at Walgreens, you say that at CVS.

Tim Church: Yeah, hit the road, Jack, right?

TJ Allan: It’s going to be a handshake and, OK, we’ll get back to you. So I mean, those three things right there: knowing there was a huge gap in pharmacists and knowing that I wanted to — knowing that there was a lot of downtime and knowing that I really wanted to buy that pharmacy I think is kind of what sold that.

Tim Church: Wow. That’s a really cool story right there. So at what point in your pharmacy career, you talked about reading “Rich Dad, Poor Dad” and kind of using that as a way to figure out how you’re going to acquire assets, right? And not just liabilities. I mean, at what point did you say, “You know what, I really want to do something beyond pharmacy or something where I have more control and the ability to really dictate kind of that additional income that I could bring in?”
TJ Allan: It was about three months into Walgreens. And I know there’s a lot of people that bash Walgreens, and I honestly can’t say anything bad about my Walgreens experience. I had a lot of good pharmacists, I had a ton of good technicians, really great pharmacy supervisors, I enjoyed the majority of the stores I was at. The problem I had with Walgreens was the problem I think everyone has with their employer. You only get paid if you’re there. So I knew, I was going to be $125,000 and have these 2% raises over the year or whatever the raises are now at Walgreens, and that’s the only way I was going to increase my money unless I want to take extra shifts and of course, it’s tied to me being there. So I knew right away, within three months, you know, if I want to make more money and I want to kind of break those chains from making money and having to be there, it had to be, you know, the entrepreneurial route.

Tim Church: Wow, that is just a cool vision. And I think a lot of people, they get that vision, but not everybody acts on it. I hear a lot of stories of people wanting to make a change, they have ideas for a business, but they never go out and actually do it. But beyond kind of getting additional income and not having to always trade your time for money, did you have any other motivations for wanting to pursue something else and starting a business?

TJ Allan: Yeah, you know, this is going to sound weird. No, I was an athlete in school, and I love sports. But you know, I always had this creative kind of thing. I always wished I could sing or play the piano or I was really good at art. I just had this always — envied these creators. And I think that’s maybe why I went more so with entrepreneur because it’s something I can create, it’s something I have control over, you know? I think entrepreneurs are amazing and probably not given enough credit for the creativity because they take something in their brain that they think could benefit the world, and they put it in action, and then it becomes concrete and tangible. And then people enjoy it. You know, Walt Disney is kind of one of my idols. Walt Disney had this amazing, amazing imagination. And then he turned that imagination into concrete, tangible things that people just love. You know, I’m a Disney fanatic, my family’s a Disney fanatic, we go three or four times a year. But it’s —

Tim Church: DisneyWorld or DisneyLand?

TJ Allan: Both. We go — usually, two or three times a year, we go to DisneyWorld. My wife does the marathons. And then we, in fact, just got back from DisneyLand three weeks ago. And then we’re going to DisneyWorld here in another month.

Tim Church: Oh, that’s awesome. I was just at the food and wine festival, and it was amazing. Great experience.

TJ Allan: And honestly, I go there for a lot of inspiration. Disney is one of those companies — Disney’s like Nike. You watch those companies, you can learn so much, even if you’re in this small mom-and-pop shop in rural Illinois with 3,200 people, there’s so much I can learn every time I go to Disney about how they interact, how they create this experience. So yeah, for me, it’s more about creating an experience and creativity. The money’s nice, and you know, you always have to chase the money because if you don’t make money, you don’t have a business. But really, creating some and creating that experience and creating those bonding experiences with your customers, I think that’s kind of what I’m always after.

Tim Church: So talk about what you’re doing right now. You know, I’ve kind of laid some seeds earlier that you’re owning multiple gyms. So how did that come into play? How did you start that?

TJ Allan: So you know, I kind of got lucky. You know, I think a lot of entrepreneurs don’t put enough emphasis on luck, the role of luck in their success. So I have had luck. And so the first gym I opened up was in my hometown there. The gym had just closed, it was a Curves, it was a women’s only. And kind of me and some friends got together and we were like, man, we wish we would have a gym in town. I was like, you know, Dr. Schafenmeier was in my ear, he always was trying to tell me, start a business. Even when it’s a hobby, start a business because you learn so much when you start a business, and so much of starting a business will help you in pharmacy and will help you in your personal life too. So I told them, I said, “I’ll open a gym. If it fails or if it doesn’t do well, it’s a tax write-off for me. I don’t care. But you know, I’ll open a gym.” So I got lucky, found a business that was — or a building, I should say — the owner really wanted to get rid of, bought the building, bought some equipment, opened up. And honestly, it was a success from Day 1. We broke even by the end of the first month. I was really, by the end of within two weeks, and we really have not had a unprofitable month since we opened almost 10 years ago.

Tim Church: Wow. That is awesome. What’s the name of that gym?

TJ Allan: That’s Ageless. So that’s the one that’s in Gillespie. So yeah.

Tim Church: Is that a trademark name? I love the name.

TJ Allan: People always ask me, where did I get this name? And it’s funny, at the time, my fifth year in pharmacy school, we had this elective. It an osteoarthritis elective, and the teacher, one of our assignments was, you know, create some kind of business or entrepreneurial thing that could help patients. And mine was a gym, of course. And at the time, I really had no interest in opening a gym or even thinking about that. But I named it in my paper Ageless. I put how osteoarthritis, getting people stronger, these lifestyle modifications can really help people, even with osteoarthritis. And so we kind of just used that and yeah. I haven’t trademarked it yet, you know, my lawyer’s on me about doing it. I honestly just haven’t just because I’ve been involved in so many other things. It just always kind of slipped my mind every time I try doing it.

Tim Church: Well, I love it. I think it’s a cool name. So how much capital did you have to throw in to get this thing started?

TJ Allan: So that’s the tricky thing. When most people think gyms, I think that people think I’m a lot more successful than I am. Because when most people think of gyms, they think of these big, huge, golden gyms, Planet Fitness, these ones that cost multi — $2 or $3 million just to start. My building cost $65,000 at the time. I put 20% down. The gym equipment to put inside the building was right around about $50,000-60,000, so I only had to put up about $75,000-80,000 to begin with. And really, cash-wise, I only had to put about $25,000-30,000. Everything else was on loans. So I really didn’t have to put up that much. Tim Robbins talks a lot about asymmetrical risk, reading his books or any of the investing stuff he talks about with these asymmetrical risks, and that’s kind of how I always looked at, you know, how much cash do I have to put up? What does this mean to me? And I always kind of — this is a weird thing to say — but you say, “I’ll put up enough cash for a car. Would I rather have a car or would I rather just invest this in a business?” And that’s kind of how I look at it. So about $50,000, $60,000 is the most cash I’ll ever put in a business initially just because of the risk.

Tim Church: Was that tough? I mean, because I think a lot of people listening are probably like, wow, I don’t know that No. 1, I could come up with that amount. But even if I could, throwing that all into a gym, you know, from somebody else’s perspective, you could say, wow, that seems pretty risky. What were your thoughts behind that? Like did you have any anxiety about putting that much in?

TJ Allan: I honestly didn’t. And I think it’s 1, I’m an extremely optimistic person. I live in a world of abundance that I think I’ve always thought that, that anyone — and that’s kind of what with my clients at the gym, I believe in everything. Anyone can have success. So failing never really went through to me. For me, losing that money never kind of crossed my mind. But I mean, I had the cash, like I said, my expenses were minimal. I was living with my parents, I was still driving the car that I had in college. So I accrued no new expenses once I graduated pharmacy school. So I go from making about $10,000 a year in a part-time job as a pharmacy tech sixth year to $125,000 a year at Walgreens. And I mean, I worked every shift I could at Walgreens because I knew I needed to have a nest egg if I wanted to do some kind of business. The second thing you look at — and this is what people often forget — is even with that, my building, I could have resold and got my $65,000 back guaranteed. I mean, I got a steal on that building. And even with my equipment, I wouldn’t have been able to sell my gym equipment back for a thing, but I would have got 50 cents, 70 cents on the dollar. So all in all, if it would have failed, worst case scenario, I would have only lost maybe $10,000 max? You know, that’s — to me, that was worth the risk.

Tim Church: Got you. So I think that’s awesome because it sounds like you decided, hey, I’m going all-in. And basically, your perception was that I’m OK with that risk. I’m OK with going in head first because, you know, I believe that I’m going to make this work. And if it doesn’t, you know, I’ve got somewhat of a contingency plan. But it sounds like you were never planning for that. It sounds like you were planning to be successful, and you were going to make it work.

TJ Allan: Yeah, I was. And I guess I shouldn’t have said I didn’t have a contingency plan, because I did. Because I knew that I could always sell the building, I could always sell the equipment back, and at max, I would lose $10,000. But I always go back to a thing, you know, if I wasn’t opening these businesses, I would have probably wasted that money. I probably would have went out and bought a BMW or I probably would have went out and started building a house or something like that that I would have sunk that money over there instead of in the business. So I think that kind of helped me a little bit too.

Tim Church: So you mentioned that essentially, even from month 1, that you’ve either broke even or the business has been profitable. We’re talking still about your gym, Ageless.

TJ Allan: Yes.

Tim Church: I mean, obviously, there are gyms all around the country that are not successful. And I’ve seen many that close just after a few months. So what would you say — what is the secret sauce that you’re injecting into the business to, you know, make it successful, make people to come and to use the facility and getting more customers and retaining customers?

TJ Allan: Yeah, that’s a good question. And if it was one thing, it would be real easy. That’s a good question. It’s a really hard question because if I could narrow it down to one thing — but I don’t think I can. I found a location, an environment, where this gym thrives. You know, most people overlook small towns. Most people have never been in a town of 3,200 people. So most people, this has never been even on their, you know, plan. So I found this small town that most people assume wouldn’t even be able to sustain a gym, and I’ve made it work. And I’ve made it work because I’ve built this efficient model of a gym, and that’s kind of what’s made it succeed underneath the engine. But really, what’s kept it profitable has been the community we’ve created. You know, we’re all about community. When you’re only 3,200 people, it’s a small town, it’s people who take pride in their community, they all live there because they love the people that live there because there’s not a lot of opportunities in small towns. There’s not a lot of job opportunities in small towns. There’s not a lot of businesses in small towns where you can go and enjoy a lot of things to do. I mean, people stay in small towns usually because of the people. But that’s kind of always been our focus. We realize people live in small towns because people enjoy the people in small towns. So our focus has always been on the people. And if you can make the people happy, you can create that community kind of feel, you’ll do well and you shouldn’t have to ever close your doors.

Tim Church: So did you ever have anybody recommend against you doing this or say, “TJ, you’re crazy for going all in on this?” Did you ever have anybody?
TJ Allan: Absolutely. The few biggest business guys in Gillespie that I’m actually friends with, one builds new homes and has been very successful, and he’s about 55. And then there was another one, I went to both of them, kind of gave them my idea, both told me I’m crazy. They said, “You’re in pharmacy. Open a pharmacy. Why would you not open something in the pharmacy? These pharmacies are making bank and everything else.” So they’re going on, they said, “Don’t do this. You can’t sustain it.” So the first bank I go to to talk about the loan, talk about my idea and everything else, they tell me the exact same thing. “You know, you’re in a town of only 3,200, you’re just not going to succeed, TJ. It’s a nice idea, and it would be a great thing for the community, but it’s not going to be making money.” And even then when I went to City Council when we were going to expand, I remember the first thing they told me when I told them we were expanding — my first building was about 2,500 square feet, and then we were going to build this building that was about 8,000 square feet — and one of the first aldermen told me, “What are we going to do in two years when you have to close your doors, and we have this 8,000-square foot that we can’t get rid of?” You know, that was kind of the negativity that’s surrounding the gym.

Tim Church: And so talk about — obviously, Ageless has been very successful, that’s your first one that you opened. And how did you decide, OK, it’s time to expand, it’s time to get some other gyms up and running?

TJ Allan: Well, Ageless’ expansion was always based on our members. You know, listening to their feedback, hearing what they have to say, and then looking at our numbers and putting the math. Math, putting a pen to paper and kind of figuring it out. So we’ve always expanded the Ageless, so we went from about 2,500 square foot to where we’re at now, about 8,000-9,000 square feet. And we’ll probably stick to 8,000 or 9,000 square feet. I don’t see an expansion in our future, but who knows? So then it came down to, you know what, I’m still working as a pharmacist, still — everything that Ageless made, it was nice, and this is why I always recommend that people opening a business but keeping their day job because what that has allowed me to do is use my pharmacist salary for my personal expenses, but then any profit that I’ve ever made from Ageless has always went into either opening new businesses or just investing. So I’ve never had to touch any of that or reinvesting in Ageless, which has made it nice. So I’ve always looked at, you know, at the end of the year, here’s the profit from Ageless, what do I want to do with it? And then that’s allowed me to invest in other businesses, it’s allowed me to open other businesses, and it’s allowed me to open some businesses that have failed, unfortunately. But you have to take that risk.
Tim Church: So talk about those other businesses that are up and running currently.

TJ Allan: OK. So you know, in “Rich Dad, Poor Dad,” he has this good cashflow quadrant. And he talk about the first cashflow quadrant that most people are in are employed. They work for somebody, they’re tied to their job. They don’t make any other money if they’re not actually at their job. Then the second quadrant is self-employment. So that’s a little bit better employment but still, at the same point in time, you may be self-employed, but still, your business isn’t making money unless you’re there. And then it comes down to an actual business owner. And a business owner is one who doesn’t necessarily have to be there to make money. His employees actually run the business, and he works there, but he doesn’t have to work there if he doesn’t want to. And the fourth one is kind of where you eventually want to be as an investor, where you don’t have to do anything except give money and get a return on it. So I’ve kind of followed that, tried to follow that. But unfortunately, you just can’t start as an investor. You kind of have to work your way up. So that’s kind of what Ageless has allowed me, as an employee of Walgreens and Sullivan’s, which has given me money. And then I started to open a business, which I would never say I was self-employed because I always worked for the pharmacy, and I never had to actually work at a gym. And then I became business owner. And now, I’m almost to the point where I’m just an investor in things. So what I’ve always just taken this Ageless money, and I’ve partnered with two other co-owners in a town about 60 minutes from us, and we’ve opened a studio gym. Then a year and a half later, that was doing well enough that we decided we were going to open a pay-per-class, like a spin gym only. And then I’ve tried some other things that haven’t done well. But those have been my two other successes have been those other two gyms there.

Tim Church: And have those been profitable most months, just like Ageless has been?
TJ Allan: They have. Now, they took a little bit longer to get to a break-even point. It’s primarily because of the models I use. The studio gyms, of course there’s a longer sales cycle. It’s easy for someone to walk in Ageless and buy a $29 a month membership. I mean, that’s not a hard decision for most. But with these studio gyms, it’s a different model. And when you’re charging $99, $139 as your smallest packages, that’s a bigger decision for people. So it’s a longer sales cycle, so it takes a little bit longer to get to that break-even point. So by about Month — I think three and a half months in, we hit our break-even point for that to where we weren’t having to invest any more money of ours into it to keep it afloat. Now, the spin gym, which is a pay-per-class thing, that was almost profitable from Month 1. In fact, I think it was profitable Month 1. If not, it was for sure profitable Month 2 because again, that was a low-cost, low-barrier offer. It was $15 for a class, so that wasn’t a hard decision for most. So you know, those two have been successful pretty much from the get-go, I would say, and still are successful to this day.

Tim Church: Wow, that’s incredible that you basically had to inject capital in the beginning, but they have been so successful that you haven’t had to put any more in since then because you’ve been able to make it work with the personnel and the way it’s been managed, so I think that is really cool. And obviously, that’s not the case for a lot of other businesses, you need to inject capital periodically in order to keep it afloat, even, but also to expand and to get to the point where you need to be. So I think that’s a cool feature of what you’re doing right now.

TJ Allan: Most definitely. And that’s kind of always been the business opportunities that I’ve looked at has kind of always been, you know, how long does it take to get to break-even point? How much capital — you know, people forget. People want to start a business, and what happens is they want to — especially a lot of gym owners, they come to me, and they want to start a gym. And what they always forget to factor in in their startup costs is those 3-6 months of operating expenses because they assume they’re going to hit the break-even point on Day 1. They’re going to open their door, and they’re going to get all this money coming in, and they’re going to be able to pay their monthly bills Month 1. Month 1, Day 1. And what happens is, usually, that’s not the case. Usually, you don’t hit that break-even point for 3-6 — and I shouldn’t even say usually because it depends on the industry — but man, it could take 6 months to hit the break-even point. And they always forget to factor that in, and that’s why they struggle. And that’s why a lot of gyms go out of business in a year because these owners use all their startup expenses initially buying equipment and just getting the building ready. And they start with their bank account at 0 on Month 1. And then, of course, they have to inject their business with their own cash, that runs low, and it just spirals out of control.

Tim Church: So is that something that you got information from other gym owners or your own research that you said, hey, if I’m going to do this, I really need to prepare and make sure that even if they don’t make money or are profitable in the beginning that I’m going to be OK and I’m not going to have to pull out?

TJ Allan: Exactly. And that’s what it was. And it really came down to research. It’s really doing as much research as possible prior to getting involved in these kind of things because these are big decisions. And a lot of people take, you know, opening a business kind of lightly, like, ‘Oh, I’ll get into it. It sounds fun.’ And it is fun. But there’s a lot of research, and it could get extremely stressful, and it could get extremely bad if you don’t do your research. Luckily, I did my research, and I knew the risks because there were still risks. And it still could have went south real easily. But I understood those, and I accepted those. And I kind of did as much as I can to minimize them.

Tim Church: Got you. So I think one of the big questions is now is you’ve got these gyms up and running, they’re profitable, they’re making money, but depending on the type of gym and what services and products are offered, there’s different ways in terms of ways people can make money from those services. So can you talk a little bit about how you’re actually making money? And also maybe a little bit of an insight as to how much you’re actually bringing in from these?

TJ Allan: Yeah. OK. So I’ll go with Ageless first. Like I said, the gyms I had are all different business models, so they make money a little bit differently and the amount of money they make is a little bit different too. With Ageless, we’re a traditional, 24-hour gym. If you know Snap Fitness, we’re basically like Snap Fitness, but we include classes. We have a little bit more all-inclusive than Snap Fitness. So Ageless is nice. And Ageless is a nice model, especially for someone that still wants to keep their existing job because it only requires about 40 hours of staffing a week, even though it’s open 24 hours. So it allows me — I mean, I spend I think about three hours a week working on stuff with Ageless, and a lot of the stuff, I really don’t need to work on. It’s just that I still enjoy it and working on the things. So in a small town, expenses are minimal. And that’s why I also like investing in small towns because there’s less risk. So people are kind of shocked, I just an interview with a business coach who does fitness. And he was kind of shocked — he’s from these big communities out in Connecticut, and he’s used to these monthly leases of $8,000-10,000 a month minimum, if not higher for these gyms. And when I told him, “You know what, we pay $2,000 a month, and we’re 8,000 square feet,” you know, he’s kind of shocked with that. But the model that we use, we’ve kind of built it to where we have this net profit percentage, right about 40% is kind of our goal we hit. So on average, if you look at our sales, it’s not impressive. But I tell people, you know, we do about $125,000 in revenue a year, nobody really blinks an eye. And they kind of just laugh and like, OK, whatever, you’re probably making $5,000 off of that. But we’re not. We’re actually making right about 40%, sometimes 45% if we can really get the efficiency built up a little bit. So anyway, so I make about $3,000-4,000 of passive income from Ageless alone a month.

Tim Church: And that’s what you’re actually bringing home? You’re actually bringing home?

TJ Allan: Yeah, so that’s what I’m actually profiting, yes. We do about $125,000, on a good year, we’ll do about $140,000-150,000 in revenue. On a down year, we’ll do $120,000-125,000. This upcoming year, in 2018, we’re probably going to hit about $120,000. We took some services off that we thought were taking up too much time and making it a little bit more inefficient, so our revenue’s going to be down. But our net profit percentage is going to be up because those things were more labor-intensive. So yeah, so what I would bring home, I bring home — and I shouldn’t say I bring home because I keep everything in the business — but if I needed it, I could bring home about $3,000-4,000 a month.

Tim Church: And then what about from the other gyms?

TJ Allan: The one gym is just over a year old, and the other gym is 2 years old, going to be 3 years old here, so it’s about 2.5 years old. So right now, I take nothing from there. I do have two co-owners, so right now, we’re on pace — between the two gyms combined — we’re on pace for about $300,000 in sales this year, $325,000 in sales this year. Of that, the profit would be, is going to be probably about $90,000. But we’re not going to touch any of that right now. So it’s hard for me to even say what I would bring home for that because that’s all being invested because we kind of have bigger plans for that gym. It’s in a larger community, it’s kind of a suburb of St. Louis that’s extremely wealthy, and we have some other ideas going along with that. So that I can’t say much. I know that to do this, we’ve been talking with a bank to put in a $1 million gym. We won’t have to put a penny down. So I’ll say that, so to get this loan and to put this $1 million gym, if we do decide to go that route, we won’t have to put a penny of our own money down. It will all be funded by those two gyms.

Tim Church: And I’m assuming that the income that you’re pulling in from Ageless, is that 100% just from new members and the retention of existing members and the fees that they pay?

TJ Allan: You’re exactly right. So what it is — how I talked about we removed some of those services, like we don’t offer personal training, per say. Everything that our revenue is built on is basically built on memberships. 95% of our revenue is from memberships, 5% is from waters, key tags, miscellaneous little classes we have or camps we have I guess is what you should call them. The 95% of it is just on memberships: new memberships, existing memberships. I can say that the model’s nice because it’s a subscription-based model, which right now is hot, and everybody’s trying to get this subscription-based model. That’s why you see basically a subscription-based service for everything under the sun, from razors to dog toys to everything because those are nice models to have because the cash flow is so nice. So that makes it nice. But more importantly from my perspective, is I own the building that Ageless is in. So it’s paying for itself. So I’m going to have this asset here in the next 10 years that last year, was appraised for about $550,000 that I really didn’t pay more than the $12,000 or $15,000 I initially put down on the first building for. So that’s why when you have this, because Ageless has just been paying this off for me the whole entire time.

Tim Church: And is that how you’re directing a lot of that cash that you’re getting every month? Like how are you breaking that additional income from Ageless, aside from what you’re making as a pharmacist?

TJ Allan: So Ageless is on its own separate bank account, so I keep everything in Ageless. So what I do, you know, I know some people would probably recommend starting making double mortgage payments, stuff like that, just because of course you’re paying interest on those payments and everything else like that. I’m not that way because I want to start new businesses. So I put — basically, what I do is I have these budgets for Ageless, whether it’s new equipment, there’s a budget for just monthly gym expenses, the new equipment purchases every year. And then I put everything else aside and put the profit at the end that we use for new businesses, whether it’s an expansion on Ageless or whether it’s some kind of new business to get into. So that’s kind of how I put Ageless. My whole goal with Ageless is never having to rely on that and allow that to build this nest egg for me.
Tim Church: Got you. So you’re not using any of that in terms for personal use, for debt paydown, student loans, or IRA contributions, anything like that.

TJ Allan: No. And I know you guys are probably going to call me an idiot for not doing that, but honestly, I haven’t. And it’s just because cash is king when it comes to business, and I like having a nest egg because if there’s an opportunity arise, I want to jump on it. For instance, I just — the other night, I was just watching TV, and I got a text message about a gym going up for sale in Litchfield, and the guy wanted to know if I was interested. You know, if you don’t have cash, it’s hard to play, and I’d miss out on that opportunity. And luckily, we have that cash set aside that hopefully we can take advantage if everything works out in these negotiations and be able to jump on the opportunity. So at times, I question myself whether I’m not making a smart decision by not either contributing to IRAs or paying this or that, whether it’s student loans or whether it’s the mortgage. But it’s just — I’m a business — I like business.

Tim Church: Well, I mean, obviously, you’re successful. So it’s not like you’re throwing that money away. You’re doing it with the anticipation that you’re going to continue to grow and expand. But I think a lot of people would look at that and say, ‘Well, what about other retirement accounts?’ Are you doing other things in addition, with your pharmacist salary so you’re kind of diversified in addition to what you’re doing with the businesses?

TJ Allan: Yeah, so what I do — so now, initially, my employer didn’t offer, Sullivan’s didn’t offer any kind of retirement package. Now, he does where he matches up to 4%, so of course I match him to 4%. And that’s just in a basic IRA. And then otherwise, by myself, I do index funds. That’s about it. I don’t make it real complicated. I kind of follow BogleHeads. It’s index funds, and that’s the extent.

Tim Church: That’s the KISS method, right? Keep It Simple, Stupid?

TJ Allan: Yes. Exactly.

Tim Church: Wow. So I mean, I just think that is so cool not only to hear that journey but the risks that you were willing to take, the ability to take a lot of heat from other people saying that it wasn’t going to be a good decision and just kind of persevere anyway. But you know, I think a lot of people may be listening and thinking, like obviously all entrepreneurial ventures are not successful. And it’s not the way that it happens. And I think John Maxwell said it best that the difference between average people and achieving people is their perception of and response to failure. And I think that’s so true with entrepreneurship and I’ve certainly experienced this myself. But have you had any failures that you would say, TJ, prior to what you’ve done that’s been successful? Or even along the way as you’re doing some of these things that have been successful.

TJ Allan: Oh, most definitely. In fact, I probably have had more failures than I’ve had successes. You know, John Maxwell is of course correct. I started out, I think I always had that optimistic mindset because I always played baseball. In the game of baseball, you could be a really good hitter and you could only get a hit three out of 10 times. So seven out of those 10 times, you’re going to be a failure. But you’re still considered a really good hitter, even if you fail seven times. So that was always in the back of my mind when I started these entrepreneurial journeys. And again, it was Dr. Schafenmeier (?) who was always in my ear, who would always say, “You know what, you’re paying for experience is what you are.” You can’t look at a failure as you’re dumb or you can’t do this or you’re not made out for this. You need to learn from it. These are expensive teachings, but you need to. It’s the only way to really learn is to get your hands dirty and fail. So my first one I failed, I was actually still working for Walgreens. And this was kind of a weird business to start. But at the time, I’m 26-27, couples our age, my wife was fiancee at the time, we’re starting to have babies and everything else like that. And of course, we were always looking at what to give them, what to give them, and a lot of them would always joke, why don’t you bring us some over-the-counter pharmacy stuff that we should use for our kids. We don’t know what to get and everything else like that. So we actually created this Mommy Indeed baby basket. And it would have the Tylenol in there, the Desitin cream, all that stuff that a newborn would need eventually. And it would have little notes from the pharmacist saying, use this when this happens and stuff like that. So that was kind of our first business venture. And of course, it was a failure. But it was a good learning experience because it taught me a lot about marketing. And you know, you could have a really good product, but if you can’t market it, it’s useless. And then my second business venture, I actually partnered with a pharmacy student that I graduated with, and we created this dietary supplement. It was more of an energy-type supplement that we called — I think it was All Night IQ is what we called it at the time. It was really to help students kind of stay up and binge study for the night is what the goal of it was. And again, we each invested about $10,000 into it, and we lost everything. We could never — we thought just because our product was superior to any other product on the market, that we were going to be a success. And we virtually had zero marketing budget for it, and it was a failure. So from then on, I realized how marketing is extremely important. And if I don’t factor in a marketing budget initially or in my cost to acquire a customer, then I’m never going to have a success. So that’s how — then my next one was Ageless, and we did really well. And then right after Ageless, you know, we were doing really well, and Ageless was always built for the community. You know, I really enjoyed the community, I was born and raised in it, and I wanted to give back. So what we did is I had built — hired some programmers, and we had built this website that allowed small town businesses, small mom-and-pop shops on Main Street to basically put up an e-commerce store within minutes, and all the e-commerce stores would be on the website. So it was almost like a virtual mall. So what we wanted to do is basically give an advantage to these small mom-and-pop-type stores and give them this online presence that we thought they needed if they were going to survive the Walmarts and the Internet if they didn’t have it. And that was an expensive venture. That one, over the course — and I used all Ageless money, I didn’t have to use any of my own money on this, all the profit from Ageless went into this — and it ended up costing me about $20,000 or $25,000. And that taught me something really well is you — a really important lesson, and I wish I would have read the book “The Lean Startup” prior to that — is that you better go to your customers prior to and make sure this is something they want. You may think they need it, but they may not think they need it. And even though you think they need it, and you think it would definitely help them, if they don’t think they need it, I don’t care how great it is, they’re not going to jump on board. And we just couldn’t get anybody to jump on board. These small mom-and-pop shops, I finally realized, they don’t have an online presence because they don’t want one. And they don’t want to learn about one. So that was another failed one.

refinance student loans

Tim Church: And would you say that those have been key for helping you to drive your success forward?

TJ Allan: Oh, most definitely because the lessons I learned about marketing — I mean, I have a voracious appetite for reading. I read business books, marketing books, behavior psychology books, I mean, I’m constantly reading books. So usually, I’ll read about 40-50 books a year. And I love being — and even all the marketing books and everything that I read prior to it and all the business books I read too that always talked about cost to acquire a customer, don’t forget about that, and how important marketing is and having a marketing budget and all these marketing methods — even knowing that, it’s still a difference between knowing and doing. And it wasn’t until I did it and then failed that it really hit home that hey, marketing has to be a key, you have to build it around marketing. And then the second thing was the lean startup method.

Tim Church: That’s so good, TJ. And thanks for sharing that. Because I think a lot of times, people will look to others who are successful and it kind of looks like they’re an overnight sensation. But you don’t see the back end, what’s behind the curtain, what’s been going on and what hasn’t worked. And a lot of times, even the most successful people out there, they’ve failed hundreds of times before they’ve become who they are. So I think it’s just cool to highlight that. I appreciate you sharing that. So you talked a little bit earlier about the time that you were spending each week because I think a lot of times, people before they start a business or maybe they have an idea to pursue a side hustle, is they say, “You know, I’m working full-time as a pharmacist. I’m a mother, I’m a father, you know, I have a family. How am I supposed to manage that?” So can you talk a little bit about how do you practically manage all of these businesses and work as a pharmacist and be a husband and a father?

TJ Allan: You know, I’m kind of an organizational freak. I live on checklists. And another book that I was lucky to read very, very early was called “The E Myth.” The E Myth, Michael Gerber talks about systems and processes. So from Day 1, I always put in systems and processes in my life, in my businesses, everything like that, so everything kind of runs smoothly. So everything is kind of — there’s a system for everything. There’s a checklist for everything I do. On Mondays, I work on the Ageless stuff. On Tuesdays, we have this new venture going on, we’re going to coach other people on building new gyms, I work on that. On Wednesdays, I go back to work on Ageless stuff. On Thursdays, I look over the paperwork and the flow of our other two gyms’ stuff. And then on Fridays, I have this other other new venture that I partnered with somebody and we’re going to work on about marketing, marketing the Facebook ads. And I work on that. But everything’s kind of blocked off in blocks. And just everything is organized, and I think that’s the biggest thing. And people say they’re organized, but to me, if you don’t have it in a spreadsheet, you’re not organized. It’s one thing to say you’re organized, but it’s got to be in a spreadsheet. So everything I do is in a spreadsheet, everything I do has a checklist on it. And that’s what’s helped me to be able to do all this kind of stuff because I am a father. I have a little girl who’s 5 years old who I adore. And we play all the time. And that’s my purpose for living right now is to be able to play with her and have that time, and that’s why I kind of do a lot of this stuff so that it gives me time, that I’m not tied to pharmacy for the rest of my life. And I have a wife, and we travel, and you know, I like to workout on my own. And I have a lot of other hobbies and a lot of other things that require my attention. But I’m extremely organized, and that’s why I’m able to get it in.

Tim Church: Yeah, and it sounds like you’re just very intentional about it. So besides having a system in place, you know, you’re proactively saying, these are the days and these are the times, this is what’s going to happen, and this is how it’s going down, even before it actually happens. So I mean, I think that’s great. And a lot of people, like you talk about, they think they’re organized, but you know, I think the book that I read before called “The One Thing,” by Gary Keller, and he was talking about time blocking and how important it is that you need to put these things down as they take priority over everything. And unless there is an emergency, this is what’s going to happen.

TJ Allan: Yes. And that’s a great point because I love that book. And that’s probably even more important is being able to prioritize. If you cannot do that, I mean, a lot of people say they’re organized, they have 20 things listed down. But honestly, 18 of those things probably aren’t going to make that big of a difference. There was that 80-20 principle, and that’s kind of what I’ve always done is the 80-20 principle. What’s the highest priority? What’s going to give me the biggest bang for the buck and provide the biggest return? And so I think that’s even more critical than having your spreadsheet out.

Tim Church: TJ, you have shared just some amazing wisdom on this episode, and I’m so excited that we got to talk and you got to share your story. But as we kind of close out, what advice would you give to other pharmacists or even pharmacy students out there who have an interest in becoming an entrepreneur? What would you say to them?
TJ Allan: You know, I have pharmacy students, and we talk a lot about this with pharmacy students. You know, when I graduated in 2007, there was about 80 pharmacy schools. Today, I think there’s closer to about 140. We’re graduating about 15,000 new pharmacists a year. And the opportunities just are not there as much. And a lot of it has to do with acquisition, I mean, Walgreens, CVS, buying everybody out. We’ve had 1,100 independent pharmacies close their doors since 2011. We have all this automation going on now with these mail-order companies, telepharmacy, Amazon’s getting involved. So automation’s going to improve immensely over the next five years. And so and unfortunately, we’re still getting paid per pill we do. So I think it’s important that they look at these entrepreneurial ventures. I don’t want to say the outlook for our industry is bleak, but it’s not as great as it once was. So it’s important to expand your skill set. And that can be anything. A lot of people think, oh, you need all this money to start these businesses, you know, you don’t. With the internet and everything else like that, a blog, selling on Amazon — I talked to one pharmacist the other day, and he sells on Amazon. And he started selling on Amazon about a year, year and a half, and it’s taken him about 12 months, 13 months, to really start making kind of a profit on Amazon. But it was a learning experience for him, and he said the same thing as me. He saw kind of the outlook, and he didn’t think it was that great for him continuing to make $100,000-125,000 a year from pharmacy. He thought that there was really going to be a shrink. So he was looking for a different skill set, this was being able to sell on Amazon. So I think that’s really important to find these different skill sets in addition to pharmacy because there’s a lot out there that you can learn now on the internet and start these businesses for very minimal.

Tim Church: Right. And I think you highlighted such a great point that even though a couple of your businesses, you actually did put some capital, you injected what some people may consider quite a bit of money, but there are a lot of other businesses out there where what you’re investing is really sweat equity. It’s really your time, your energy, your focus. And maybe in the beginning, you’re not going to be able to bring home a revenue, and it may take time. But I think there are so many different opportunities out there, we don’t necessarily have to have a whole lot of cash to get started.

TJ Allan: Exactly. And that’s kind of my thing — and I was trying to use myself as a case study with this last year and a half. I dived deep into Facebook ads, and I have taken almost every course and paid for every little membership thing, really dove deep because I wanted to prove to people that you could start a business for very minimal. So in July, we started a business. And it’s basically we’re helping pharmacies build these Facebook ads for their pharmacies to get new patients, to deepen their relationship with current patients. But my goal behind this entire time was never to spend more than $150 a month on this business. And that’s kind of been my goal since Day 1. And so far, we’re growing. We haven’t had any paid customers yet, I wasn’t expecting a paid customer, this is a long-term process. I expect one here in the next two or three months. I have a few that are really interested and that we’re still talking to. But I mean, that was my whole thing was, you know, this can be done. And it can be done where you don’t have to spend even $2,000-3,000. It could be done for $100 or $150 for now.

Tim Church: Definitely. I totally agree. So TJ, if somebody wants to reach out to you to learn more about opening up a gym or more about your entrepreneurial journey, how can they get in touch with you?

TJ Allan: The easiest way, I’m connected to my email all the time. I can tell you to go to these websites that I have for each little business, but they all feed back into my email anyway. So if anyone ever has a question, I’m an open book. I’ll send you my P&L’s, I’ll answer any questions you have, I’ll help you in any way that I can. I love business, I love helping people start businesses, that’s kind of — I enjoy that kind of thing, so if somebody’s got that itch and somebody’s really got that drive, I’ll help you in any way that I can. So all you have to do is email me, it’s [email protected]. And like I said, I usually respond within a few hours at most.

Tim Church: Thank you, TJ. And we just really appreciate you coming on the show, telling your story, and I know that this is going to inspire. This is going to light the fire for some people to get going, to really start to act or think more about their entrepreneurship and their ideas that they want to bring to reality. So thank you, TJ.

TJ Allan: No problem. Thanks for having me.

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

Join the YFP Community!

YFP 082: Debt Free Theme Hour with the Teacher & Pupil


Debt Free Theme Hour with the Teacher & Pupil

On episode 82 of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast, Tim Ulbrich, co-founder of YFP, welcomes Joe Baker and Blake Johnson to the show for debt free theme hour. They talk about Blake’s journey paying off $150,000 in student loans in three and a half years and how the class he took at the University of Arkansas, taught by Joe Baker, helped prepare him to be on his way to achieving financial freedom.

About Today’s Guests

Joe Baker, MBA, has been a sales representative with Pharmacists Mutual Companies for almost 28 years and an Adjunct Assistant Professor at the University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences College of Pharmacy for 20 years where he teaches a personal finance elective for P3 students. Originally from Emerson, Arkansas, Joe graduated from Southern Arkansas University with a Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) degree, and earned his Masters of Business Administration (MBA) from the University of Central Arkansas. Joe is also a Chartered Financial Consultant (ChFC) and he obtained his Series 7 securities license in 1986. Joe has been a guest speaker at the NCPA national meeting five times, and has spoken to various pharmacy schools across the country on wealth accumulation, particularly as it relates to young pharmacists.

Blake Johnson is a 2013 graduate of the University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences. Upon graduation, he married his wife Kristyn and he began working in a small town independent pharmacy. He worked there for 2 years and is now working in Conway, Arkansas at a local independent pharmacy. Upon graduation, Blake decided that paying off student loans would be a top priority, while still being able to travel and save for his retirement. After three and a half years, he was able to pay off his and his wife’s student loans. Since then, Blake has been able to increase his savings and start purchasing rental property. In his spare time, he enjoys traveling as much as he can and teaching others about finances.

Summary

This episode of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcasts highlights an inspiring debt free story. Joe Baker is an Adjunct Assistant Professor at the University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences College of Pharmacy and teaches a personal finance elective for P3 students for the last twenty years. Blake Johnson is a pharmacist and former student of Joe’s who has paid off $150,000 of student loan debt in three and a half years.

In this episode, Blake shares his story of not only becoming debt free but also of building wealth through investing. Blake was inspired by Joe’s class and the principles he shared. His wife, Kristyn, grew up with the teachings of Larry Burkett. These two teachings combined helped to create a strong financial foundation for Blake and Kristyn. In regards to prioritization to get to this point, Blake first budgeted to see what they needed to live on. Budgeting is his biggest piece of advice to students while in school and upon graduation. He and Krysten lived like they were still in school after graduation which allowed them to develop a lifestyle of living below their means. After Kristyn graduated, they used her paycheck to pay off student loans and watched their debt melt away. Now, they continue to max out their 401k contributions, increase their savings, and are about to close on their six real estate rental property.

Joe Baker says that creating a lifestyle like this is crucial to getting out of debt and building wealth. He suggests living off of $50,000 as your income each year even if you are making much more. This way, you are sure to stay below your means and have extra money to pay off debt and start contributing to retirement funds or other investments. He has created a list of “Baker’s Dirty Dozen” that he teaches in his college course that are discussed in the show.

Joe Baker’s Dirty Dozen Tips on Getting Rich

  1. Invest in appreciable items, such as education and house. Minimize depreciable items, such as car, clothes, etc. Student loan money should be spent on bare necessities.
  2. Utilize the time value of money. Time is on your side when you are young.
  3. Max out on your 401(k), 403(b), Roth 401(k) and Roth IRA. Stocks, Bonds & Cash. 100% – your age = % in stocks. Stock Index Funds or Target Date Fund (2055 Fund). At the minimum, contribute enough for employer match – free money!
  4. Save money consistently and systematically throughout your life (dollar cost averaging). Don’t take money out of your retirement account. Penalties and taxes will apply.
  5. Make sure your future spouse has the same financial goals as you. Pre-marital counseling that includes financial goals and spending habits. If already married, try to get on the same financial page. Dave Ramsey offers a Financial Peace Workshop.
  6. Stay away from credit cards. “If I cannot pay balance off each month, I cannot afford it!” Debt is NOT your friend. ALL debt is bad. Proverbs 22:7
  7. A vehicle is NOT who you are – it’s transportation only! Beware of the illusion of wealth. This is one of the biggest obstacles in wealth accumulation.
  8. Keep an eye on the small choices you make in life. Buying Starbucks Coffee. Drink water at restaurants!
  9. Avoid lotteries, multi-level marketing (pyramid schemes) and time shares.
  10. Choose a 15 or 20 year mortgage over a 30 year. Pay 20% down (avoids Private Mortgage Interest). Make additional payments toward the principal.
  11. Protect your assets! Adequate personal liability coverage. Life & disability coverage protection. Have your own individual pharmacist liability policy.
  12. Read Seven Figure Pharmacist by Tim Ulbrich, Pharm.D & Tim Church, Pharm.D. Sign up for Your Financial Pharmacist blog. Kiplinger’s & Investopedia, like on Facebook.
  13. Make a difference in your family, community & place of worship. This will make you wealthy in your heart, body and soul. Amen!

Mentioned on the Show

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Hey, what’s up, everybody? Welcome to this episode of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. I hope your new year is off to a great start. And boy, do we have a special episode for you today, a two-for-one special. We get to interview new practitioner Blake Johnson alongside his personal finance mentor and teacher at the University of Arkansas, Joe Baker. Blake really has an incredible story to share of him and his wife Kristen paying off $150,000 of student loans in a short period of time and building a strong financial foundation, which as you know, we talk about often on this show. And Joe Baker, nearing the end of his career, has a passion for teaching personal finance and has influenced hundreds, if not thousands, of new practitioners to pave a successful financial future. He has the famous Baker’s Dirty Dozen Tips for Getting Rich, which we’ll talk about briefly on the show today. So Joe and Blake, welcome to the show, excited to have you.

Joe Baker: Thank you.

Blake Johnson: Yeah, thanks, Tim.

Tim Ulbrich: So I’m going to start with brief introductions so our audience can get to begin to know each of you before we unpack the story. So Blake, why don’t you start? Give us a quick background on when you graduated, what you and your wife Kristen were facing financially as a new graduate, and the current area of practice that you do in pharmacy.

Blake Johnson: OK. So I practice pharmacy in Conway, Arkansas. It’s about 30 miles north of Little Rock. And I’ve been out of school for almost six years in May. My wife’s a nurse practitioner, she graduated I guess about three years ago. And upon graduating, we had my student loans, they were about $120,000. And then my wife was in school at the time. It took her about two years to graduate after I did, and hers was about another $30,000-40,000, so all together, we had accumulated close to $150,000-160,000 in student loans once you added interest. And we’re proud to work for a community pharmacy in Conway now and been there for about three years. And prior to that, I had worked in Clinton, Arkansas, which is about an hour outside of Little Rock. So been in community pharmacy for since the time I gradated, and I really do enjoy it.

Tim Ulbrich: So we’re going to unpack that more here in a little bit in terms of what allowed you and your wife Kristen to be successful in that journey and how you did it, how you’ve worked together. But first, Joe, give us a brief introduction of yourself, the history of your work in the pharmacy world, and how you became so passionate about teaching this topic of personal finance, which resulted in I think you being the first, I believe, of starting this coursework in pharmacy curriculum. So give us some background.

Joe Baker: Well thank you, Tim. It really goes back to the late ‘70s, when I graduated from Southern Arkansas University with a business administration degree. And going from different jobs, including real estate, which unfortunately, at the time of the late ‘70s and early ‘80s was 17% interest on mortgages. It was a tough time. But I did find my niche teaching high school marketing. And I really loved the education because of the immediate feedback. And I would probably still be there today if it had not been for a friend of mine who ran for Congress and asked me to help him, to get involved in his campaign. I did so. Unfortunately — or fortunately — as life has it, we lost in runoff by 2 points, so then, after that, I had to get a real job and found my way into insurance and was fortunate enough to get on board with Pharmacists Mutual Insurance, which was 27 years ago. And during that time, I always wanted to get back into education in some way. And I thought the best way or the one that I was looking for was to teach college on some level. So I decided after 20 years to get my Master’s degree, got an MBA. And during this time, I was about to wrap up, I happened to be at the College of Pharmacy at UAMS, University of Arkansas Medical School, and I was visiting with the dean and the assistant dean. And this was in the late ‘90s, 1999, and I said, “You know, what about teaching some type of business course for the pharmacy students?” And they were very open. They said, “Yes. Our pharmacy students are making around $45,000 a year and going out and getting broke making this type of big money.” So you can see how the money has changed.

Tim Ulbrich: Times have changed.

Joe Baker: And even today at $120,000, we have pharmacists and other professionals going out and getting broke. So the fall of 1999 was when we started the personal finance class, a 2-hour elective at UAMS College of Pharmacy in Little Rock, Arkansas, and it has really blossomed. And it has just helped me fulfill my education desire. And with the financial literacy, I just think it all worked out greatly.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and I appreciate — I was actually stalking you on LinkedIn, Joe, I know we’ve been getting to know each other. I didn’t know the background of the congressional campaigns, and I knew the rest of the story. So appreciate your support of what we’ve been doing at YFP. And for those that have been following our journey at YFP, Joe has been at this long before we have. So speaking on this topic, he mentioned the personal finance course since 1999, we’ve got some exciting collaborations coming forward. You’re going to be hearing more from Joe and hopefully seeing about their speaking and on the blog, so we’re excited to be collaborating and working with you. And I certainly appreciate the path you’ve paved that has even made it a little bit easier for us at YFP as we’ve been on this journey. So what I want to do, actually, what stimulated this interview is Blake had sent an email over to Joe, so his former professor, on this topic. And I’m going to take a minute to read this email because I think, Blake, as I went back and looked at this as I was preparing for the show, I feel like it really helps outline your story but also helps outline what I think to be the importance of personal finance education and helping especially young pharmacists get started. So here’s that email, and then we’ll begin to unpack a little bit further. So Blake says, “Joe, things are going great for me. I’ve been out five years now. I am so glad I took your class. It has been a truly amazing journey. I came out of school and my wife, who’s a new practitioner and I had $150,000 in student loans. We paid those off in 3.5 years. During that time, I maxed out my 401k and was able to put 20% down on my house!! I’m about halfway to my ‘millionaire net worth journey’ that you talked about in class. The best thing that we ever did was partner up with a friend on some real estate. We have five rental homes right now. It has been very good for us. Anyways, I thought I would share that with you because I really do trace it back to your class. On top of that, I’m now able to teach this principles in a class at our church in Conway.” So Joe, as you saw that email, what was your feeling as you kind of reflected on the success that Blake has had and the impact that your class had on that.

Joe Baker: Well Tim, I was just ecstatic because, you know, to get that type of feedback from one of your former students is just — makes you feel really, really good that you’re really accomplishing what you have set out to do. I know there are many success stories out there, but to see it in print and to someone that I’ve known for several years, I just can’t put it in words how it made me feel.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, that’s great. I think as I read it, I got fired up. I can only imagine as you guys have that relationship and teaching that course. So Blake, as I read that and I read that email, five years out of school, no debt, of course, except the home, which you mentioned putting 20% down on. I’m guessing you have that even further paid down, you maxed out your 401k while doing that, which is no small feat. And you have five rental properties in that time period. And so to me, as I read that, this is really the definition of what we talk about on this show and on the blog about a good foundation. No debt, equity in the home, a fast start to retirement savings, and I’m assuming obviously an emergency fund in there as well. So my question, Blake, is what were the secrets for you and your wife Kristen that allowed you to have such significant progress in a short amount of time. If you had to distill that down to a few things, what do you think allowed you guys to have progress in such a quick amount of time?

Blake Johnson: I think two things. No. 1, Joe’s class. At that time, right when I was taking that, my wife and I had just started dating, and so I attribute it to Joe’s class and teaching that. But No. 2, also to my wife. Her parents taught her the old school Larry Burkett, Dave Ramsey-type stuff. So when we got married, we were able to within about six months, add to what she had saved up to be able to put 20% down on a real nice home just because of that and Joe’s principles, we were able to kind of kick it out of the gate with this good of money principles. I had read Dave Ramsey while we were engaged. And between Joe’s class and what Dave Ramsey teaches, we kind of took that, kind of agreed on what we would live on, and just kind of went from there.

Tim Ulbrich: And what I love about your story, Blake, as I mentioned, we talk so much on the podcast or when we’re speaking on the blog about the importance of this foundation and really investing the first number of years out of school to build this foundation where you’ve got a solid position to work from because as I’ve seen with so many practitioners that are 10, 15, 20 years out, it’s really hard to unwind some of the things and to play catch-up. And so Joe, I’m curious from your perspective, you know, what I’ve seen and I’m guessing you’ve seen — you’ve been at this longer than I have — is that it seems like some new practitioners like Blake and his wife Kristen get a quick start and really have some momentum at a very early point in their career whereas others, you know, maybe it takes 10 or 15 years or even longer to turn things around and kind of come to that “Aha!” moment where my salary is good, but it doesn’t necessarily mean a good salary is a secure financial foundation. What do you think differentiates the two of those? Is it mindset? Is it knowledge? Is it behavior? Is it a combination of it? What do you think?

Joe Baker: Well, I do think it’s a combination. But what I have stressed to the students is when you get out, making six figures, don’t live like you’re making six figures. Don’t buy a huge house, automobiles, which is the biggest obstacle for wealth accumulation. If you can just live like you’ve lived, hopefully like you’ve lived through your college years and put back the money, you can do great things. It all begins as soon as you come out of the blocks. Just like a race, you’ve got to live below your means starting out because then, it’s much more difficult to get where you want to be financially if you live like a person making six figures. So behavior and what you do.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and I think just to build on that, Joe, what I’ve seen — and I’m guessing what Blake and Kristen did almost treating it as if you make some lower percentage of your salary. If you can really convince yourself that I make $100,000 a year, but really I make $50,000 or $60,000 and budget off of that, and then use the remainder for paying down debt, building equity on the home, getting involved in investments, real estate, all of a sudden, it’s a lot easier to pivot to those opportunities. But then also when life throws you something unexpected, you’ve got margin, right? And I think that that peace of mind when you have margin — so as I look at Blake and Kristen’s story, no debt, equity in the home, fast start to retirement savings, they’ve got rental property, they’re building equity. If life throws them something that they’re not expecting, they’ve got options to handle that. Whereas if you’re living up to your entire income or beyond, obviously that can be taken away from you. So Blake, as you and Kristen were going at this, one of the things I see a lot of young pharmacist struggle with is trying to balance multiple priorities. And so I see here, you obviously were paying down debt, which is a lot in five years by itself. But then also, you were able to build up equity and max out retirement savings and get involved in real estate. So my question is, did you prioritize and focus on one or two of these at a time? Or were you really balancing all of these priorities at once?

Blake Johnson: So we sat down when we got married and kind of made some decisions. No. 1, we kind of went against what Dave Ramsey teaches in paying off all debt before you start doing the 401k. Because we noticed at 25 years old when I graduated, I could at that time put close to $18,000 a year into my 401k. And it didn’t really reduce my paycheck by that much. So that was our No. 1 priority. The second priority was we wanted to put a minimum amount on our loans until my wife got out of school. So those two things were set. I mean, we did our whole budget based on those two amounts taken out. And outside of that too, we also love to travel. So we wanted to be able to travel some too. So what we did was just do a budget every month. We would say, “Hey, we want x amount of money to travel on a year. We’re going to put this minimum amount on the loans. And we’re also going to put towards the 401k.” So until my wife graduated, we did that. And as soon as she graduated, we had this lifestyle that was set, and we never increased it at all. We just basically took her paycheck as a nurse practitioner for about a year, and that literally took the hammer down on the loans. We were used to a lifestyle, we didn’t change it, and just kind of hammered it down until it was all paid off. We looked up, we had money in our 401k, we had equity in the house, and now we’ve been able to build more and more off the top of that. Our lifestyle — honestly, our lifestyle and budget hadn’t changed since the day I graduated.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and as you know, once you get to the point where you are, now it’s game on with really starting to see the benefits of those investments grow and compound and take over time. And I wanted to take you a little bit deeper there because I think sometimes, when we have guests on the show and we share a success story like yours, and it’s like five years, you paid off debt, you’ve got retirement, you’ve got some equity in your home. And it’s like, poof! It’s magic. But I heard in there, you know, you talked about budgeting. And I’m guessing that was a fundamental piece for you and Kristen in doing this. So tell us exactly what that looked like for you. What’s the budgeting method that you use? Did one of you take the lead on that? How did you come to consensus and agreement on it? What did that process look like for you and Kristen?

Blake Johnson: It was a rocky start to start out with because I’m all about Excel sheets. I can remember out of the gun, coming out of the — as Dave Ramsey says, coming out of the den with this huge spreadsheet. And it was overwhelming. I mean, it was ridiculous. I think I had like $300 for groceries per month and like $100 for going out to eat. And I mean, that’s evolved into a lot more. But I mean, it is tamed down kind of over 4-5 months, figuring out what we lived on, what we felt comfortable with, and other than that, we’ve used it from then on out. It took time to get a grip on things. The No. 1 thing too is set goals. So I mean, if you want to go on a vacation a year from now, why don’t you start now saving a small amount each month. That way, in a year, you’ve got the money set back instead of having to scrounge for it. So I just think it’s, you know, it’s a push and pull type thing. You sit down, work with your spouse and just kind of figure out what works best for you.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and I like that. We talked about to your last point there, I think it was in Episode 057, we talked about the power of automation and sinking funds, getting your concept there. If you have a vacation in 12 months or whatever is planned, really being thoughtful about what those goals are and funding those. So Joe, my question here for you is, you know, when you hear Blake’s story, it appears from the outside looking in that he and Kristen were working together on this, although as he mentioned, you know, may have had a rocky start. But they obviously got there. And I know you’ve talked about this before, you and I have as well, is the importance of two people working together on their financial plan. So my question for you is what advice do you have for new graduates that are facing a financial uphill battle? Lots of student loans, maybe they have aspirations on a home, but they don’t have a down payment. So they’re really trying to figure this out. And what advice would you have for them in trying to get on the same page and work together?

Joe Baker: Well, a number of things. First, the keyword is lifestyle that Blake used. Starting after graduation, I know it can be overwhelming if you’re looking at $150,000-200,000 in student loans, just sit down and develop a plan. And if you are in a situation, relationship, married, fiancee or whatever, make sure you’re on the same financial page because that is very, very important. Blake was very fortunate. I know his wife, Kristen, and they were on the same page financially. And that is — I cannot stress how important that is to make sure you’re on the same financial page. Because it would be really tough if you were not so. But I do tell them that if you can start off with a lower lifestyle and I also even point out to plug your “Seven Figure Pharmacist” book, there’s a section in there — and I’m paraphrasing — about living on $50,000, which is the median income of the United States right now?

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. Household.

Joe Baker: Yes. And $50,000, that’s — at least in Arkansas — that is a lot more than most make. So if you could live with that lifestyle of making $50,000 a year and start paying off your student loans like Blake and contributing to a 401k or 403b, Roth IRA, you’ll be just way ahead in the years to come. So that’s what I try to get across, not only to the students but also whenever I speak to pharmacy students is your lifestyle.

Tim Ulbrich: I think that’s a great point there, and I think there’s wisdom in reframing the perspective of your salary, right? Because I think that I know what I felt coming out of school in 2008 is there tends to be that pressure of peer comparisons. If I’m in residency and I’m making a whopping $31,000, and I look up and my friend’s making $120,000 with a sign-on bonus, which I understand don’t exist these days, that feels like it’s unmanageable, right? But if I reframe the perspective to me as a single person or even me and my wife as a combined income, and then you put that in the perspective of a median household income in the United States or we recently shared an article on the Facebook group this week about the top 1% in the world when you look at it in terms of the world economy, I think that helps reset the perspective of really what are you working with and what are the opportunities that are ahead. So Blake, one question I have for you is that as you think back, even though you’ve done a lot of things well, I’m guessing you look back to your former P1 self and say, “I wish I would have…” or “I wish I would have known this or done this differently.” What advice would you have for the students that are listening of some things that you may have done differently in your journey?

Blake Johnson: I think the No. 1 thing to look back on is budget while you’re in school. I mean, one thing that Joe talked about in the class is the power of compounding interest. It works for you, and it can work against you. If you come out with $120,000, you’ve got 6-7% interest working against you. Or you could have more money to put in the market and have that work for you. So I think during school, the less amount that you can take out, maybe by working more or just watching your expenses, I think that’s one of the big things because interest rates really do work against you and do take a good amount out of pocket.

Tim Ulbrich: Absolutely. And the follow-up question I have for you is we actually just wrapped up a book discussion with YFP, we’re doing a book discussion on “Rich Dad, Poor Dad,” by Robert Kiyosaki, which for those listeners who haven’t read that book, I would highly recommend it. It’s a great book that really just helps shape your mindset around money. But what really stood out to me in that book, second time through, is this focus on real estate investing, which obviously you are tuned into. You mentioned five properties. So tell us a little bit about why you are interested in real estate is my first question. And my follow-up is for those of the listeners that are thinking, maybe I want to get started in real estate investing, where would you recommend they even begin to learn more?

Blake Johnson: It all started, I guess about two years ago, right when we were wrapping up paying our debt off. I was looking at different ways for us to invest. And I love the stock market, we were maxing out our 401k, and I started a Vanguard fund, I started that and putting money in that. But I wanted something that could be “passive income” down the road. With the Roth IRA, you can’t access it until you’re 59.5, and other investments, it’s hard to get to. So I wanted something that could work for me and earlier in my lifetime that I could use as investment. So I started doing research, and me and my wife were talking about it for a long time. And I’ve always just enjoyed real estate. So it takes me a long time to decide on something. So after about two years of really looking into it, a friend of mine who moved back in town, we got back together, and he already had rental property here in Conway. And after about three or four months listening to him, I just kind of asked, “Hey, would you like to partner on something?” And we ended up partnering on something, and it ended up being nice because his interest and my interest as far as partnership meshed real well together, so we purchased two homes together out of the chute. That was back in April, and here we are in November. We actually just closed on our sixth home as of last month. So it’s been a fun journey and going back to where you can find info for that, there’s a great website called BiggerPockets. It’s basically a Facebook for real estate investors. And it is packed full of information. And I highly recommend it because real estate’s something you need to do a lot of reading on because you can get yourself in big trouble if you don’t get in there with good equity in homes to make the right decisions.

Tim Ulbrich: I second your recommendation of BiggerPockets, I’m actually binge listening right now to their podcast, so it’s fantastic. And I feel like every day, it just provides some new insight into I had no idea about this aspect of real estate or this aspect, especially if you grew up in a home where real estate investing wasn’t a part of growing up. So great stuff. Congratulations on the closing of the sixth property, that’s awesome. And I think the reason I wanted to bring that up is I know many of our listeners are interested in identifying potential revenue streams that don’t necessarily have to wait until withdrawal of retirement funds at the age of 59.5. So I think real estate is something we’re going to be talking a little bit more about. So Joe, I want to briefly just mention what I think are your famous Baker’s Dirty Dozen Tips on Getting Rich that I’ve seen referenced from coursework and people on LinkedIn where you’ve done talks and social media posts and engagement. I think they’ve become quite well known and famous. And we’ll link to them in the show notes, but I’m just going to briefly read through a few of them and then reference our listeners to the show notes and ask you a couple follow-up questions. So in this list, you have things like invest in appreciable items such as education and a house, minimize depreciable items such as car, clothes, etc. Student loan money should be spent on bare necessities. You mentioned utilizing the time value of money, that time is on your side when you’re young. You mentioned save money consistently and systematically throughout your life, such as dollar cost averaging. Don’t take money out of your retirement account; penalties and taxes will apply. You mentioned choosing a 15- or a 20-year mortgage over a 30-year, paying 20% down, avoiding PMI and making additional payments. So as you think through that list, do any of these stick out to you more than others in terms of their level of significance when you think of your own journey and mentoring numerous pharmacy students on their own financial path?

refinance student loans

Joe Baker: Well in class, I’m pretty much an open book. And not to go into any personal details of my financial path — I did not achieve true financial wealth until all debt was paid off. Because I believe — I disagree with a lot of financial planners that say there’s good debt and bad debt. Eh. I think all debt is bad. There’s some that’s less bad than others if you forgive my grammar, so being that, I say, “Listen. I didn’t make a six-figure income until I was 47 years old. And completely debt-free at age 50 and then it was just amazing how much money was accumulated.” And fortunately, Blake is, he’s 20-25 years ahead of where I was at his age. It’s just amazing. I don’t think it was mentioned, but Blake, I’m going to tell on you. You’re 30 years old. So quite amazing. When I was 30 years old, I wasn’t even married. And had a little credit card debt, but found a lady that was a math teacher, taught me a little bit about the time value of money and saw that I had potential and married me. So I was very fortunate in that. But I really stress to my students and even when I speak too is you’ve got to get rid of the debt. The debt is the biggest albatross, and then I’ll speak also on buying automobiles. That seems to be a big hindrance in wealth accumulation. But the debt is the biggie in my book.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and I’m thinking back to Episode 068 where Tim Baker and I talked about what we thought are kind of the pros and cons of Dave Ramsey’s baby steps, and I think one of the things we’ve realized, whether it’s our own financial plan or talking with hundreds and thousands of pharmacists is that for everyone, obviously different situations are going to allow for unique circumstances, but I think the piece that is often consistently missing in financial advice — although to Tim Baker’s credit, I think he does an outstanding job of this — is the behavioral mindset components. And it’s very hard to put a value to that. And for some people, it’s more important than others. But I share a similar belief, Joe, and when my wife and I hit that point of becoming debt-free with student loans, there was a mindset shift that happened that I cannot even put a value on what that’s done for how we’ve thought in terms of opportunistic ways of our financial plan. Now, could we have gotten there while doing it while we were in debt? Maybe. But I think it’s hard to articulate exactly the impact that that had, and it certainly has been significant for us. So Joe, talk us through your course a little bit. How do you approach that course? And the reason why I want to do address this is I think that while we have a handful of pharmacy schools out there that teach personal finance, we have probably 90+% that do not, and I know we have many faculty that may be listening to this or students that may go back to the school and say, “Hey, we want to do something like what Joe is doing.” So what does that course look like? And what are the fundamentals that you’re trying to teach and address in that course? And even the level of students that take that course.

Joe Baker: Well first of all, if anyone is interested, I would be happy to share any information that I have for you to take back to your dean of the college of pharmacy, even my syllabus, etc. And the way you sell it to your college of pharmacy is to say, “Listen. We’ve got people going out, and if they become financially independent, accumulate wealth, it will benefit the college of pharmacy in the future because the students will be more — the former students will be more inclined to give because they have, quite frankly, deeper pockets.” So that’s how to sell it. But the course that I teach, it’s at the beginning, we talk about all the different styles of stocks, bonds, mutual funds, ETFs. Then I graduate a little bit into the — not a little bit, a lot — into the retirement plans and some of those all the while, showing them examples. And then we gravitate into some other areas. It’s a two-hour elective, which is 30 classroom hours. So it’s hard to get really in-depth for too many subjects. So I want to give them a little overview, get them a little excited, showing them how if they start investing early versus investing late, then we go into some areas like buying and selling a house. I have a mortgage speaker that comes in and speaks along that. I also have an income tax person that comes in. She is not only a CPA but an attorney, so we cover the basis in the income tax area. I personally cover the personal property taxes, which we have in Arkansas. Of course, the insurance areas and then towards the end of the course, I have the student loan speakers come in from the state and explain how, what to do with their loans, some ways of paying them off, etc. So basically, it’s we have 15 class periods, two hours per week, can’t get it all in, but at least it sets a foundation. I tell them, “If I can just motivate you to do the things that you need to do at the beginning, everything else will take care of itself.” But it’s a lot of fun. It is. It is a blast. I get immediate feedback and quite frankly, I tell you, “You’re not doing this for a grade because if you miss one class, it could be $1 million. So you want to make sure you come in for all the classes, participate,” and I will say, up until your book was introduced — and I will brag on your book again — I finally had a book that I said, “Wow. I have a true textbook for my class.” Because before your book, I had “The Automatic Millionaire,” but it —

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, David Bach, yeah.

Joe Baker: But it obviously wasn’t directed towards the pharmacy students. So thank you for that. But I was just so excited when I saw your book. And that’s the textbook, if you will, that we use in class.

Tim Ulbrich: And I love to hear your outline of the curriculum, but also obviously to hear Blake’s story and the success it’s had, and I think a key piece there you mentioned is motivation. It’s really planting seeds, right? You’re not going to cover everything about the financial plan in 30 hours. But you’re beginning to train behavior, beginning to establish mindset, and Blake’s story is one example. I’m sure there are hundreds of others that have had success because of that course. So I would also like to throw out there — and Joe, I know you and I have talked about this — we have a vision at YFP to see every college of pharmacy in the country be educating their students on personal finance. I personally believe — I obviously have a bias — but I personally believe this is a fundamental part of professional development of pharmacy students and new graduates, which to your point, has benefits to a college beyond their graduation, but I feel is an obligation that we have as a part of the professional development because what I’ve seen personally in my own life, in research I’ve done, in working with other pharmacists is personal finance and the stability of one’s personal finance impacts other areas of their life, including their career and the impact that they’re having in their day-to-day work. If we can help provide stability and a foundation through education, I think we’re going to have a better workforce that’s out there. So other colleges that are listening, this is the call to action. We would love to see you pick up an elective course. Anyone from ACP is out there listening — I’m not sure they are — we’d love to see this long-term as a portion of the accreditation standards in the future. So Blake, I want to end on this question. So you and your wife Kristen have done an unbelievable job in setting a strong financial foundation. We’ve talked about you guys becoming debt free, having equity in your home, maxing out retirement accounts, getting into rental properties, and you’re an incredibly young age. What is next for you guys? What are the goals that you have going forward?

Blake: You know, the biggest thing that I love about being debt free and being able to accumulate wealth is the fact that it frees you up to give. I feel like as a community leader, as a pharmacist, you know, we’re called to be leaders in the community. And through that, whether it’s to church or just to any type of organization, it frees you up to give more. So that’s kind of our goal. As years go by, we want to be able to give more and give more away. And we really do enjoy it. It brings a lot of joy to us when we can help others and do that type of thing. So outside of that, we’d like to get some more rental property and just continue to save. I’d like to leave a good inheritance to my kids and grandkids in the future.

Tim Ulbrich: That’s awesome. And I love your vision that you and your wife have on giving, which takes us to No. 13 in the Baker’s Dirty Dozen Tips on Getting Rich, which is make a difference in your family, community and place of worship. This will make you wealthy in your heart, body and soul. And I can see he has helped cast that vision to you all as well as obviously the impact that your family has had. So hopefully we look forward to having you back on the show when we get to that net worth of $1 million. And let me say to both Blake and Joe, on behalf of the YFP community and the YFP team, thank you so much for coming on today’s show and for your support of the work that we’re doing over at Your Financial Pharmacist. We greatly appreciate it. So thank you.

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

Join the YFP Community!

YFP 081: New Year Financial Gameplan


New Year Financial Gameplan

On episode 81 of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast, Tim Ulbrich and Tim Baker talk about a New Year financial gameplan to kick off 2019 the right way. Tim and Tim discuss 5 financial moves you should be making to ensure you get this year started off the right way.

Summary

On this episode, Tim & Tim dive right into 5 moves to make in your New Year financial gameplan. First on the list is setting financial goals by starting broad. Before digging into the numbers, ask yourself, what would define a successful 2019 financially? After taking some time to answer that and see how it fits with your year, you can bring it to a tangible level. This leads into the second financial move of New Year, new budget. YFP recommends following a zero-based budget. Tim Baker suggests going through your assets and liabilities and then doing a 90 day retroactive budget exercise. There you can view line items, track your expenses and see your spending. After, you’re able to see what your leftover amount is in savings. From there, you can use a savings allocation worksheet to prioritize additional goals, savings accounts, etc.

New Year tax filing and planning is the third financial move. Find a safe spot to collect all tax information and data. Often times, it’s helpful to work with someone who has an objective opinion on your financial situation. Ultimately, you need to find the best way to be proactive in your approach to taxes (DIY or using a tax prep service). The fourth financial move is to tidy up the important parts of your financial plan. This means revisiting or establishing an estate plan, insurance (life and disability), emergency funds, beneficiary information, investments, and making sure your legacy folder is current. The last financial move is to surround yourself with community that keeps you accountable and motivates you, like the YFP community.

Mentioned on the Show

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Hey, what’s up, everybody? Welcome to Episode 081 of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. Well, we have officially turned the page on 2018, are recovering, likely, from the financial hit that can be the month of December, and are ready to take 2019 head-on. We wrapped up 2018 by talking about 10 financial moves that you should make prior to the year’s end. So if you didn’t yet, check that out. Go back and take a listen, it’s not too late. So here, we are shifting our focus into setting your financial game plan for the new year. But before we talk through these financial moves we believe you should take to kick off the new year, Tim Baker, I believe we have a big congratulations to you and Shea that is in order. Give us the good news.

Tim Baker: Yeah, well, Merry Christmas, Tim. Happy New Year. Good to be back on the podcast. Yes, Shea and I got — we got engaged over the holiday.

Tim Ulbrich: Yay!

Tim Baker: Finally asked the question. So yeah, that’s really our good news. We’re really excited.

Tim Ulbrich: Awesome. Excited for you guys and what lies ahead.

Tim Baker: Yeah.

Tim Ulbrich: So wanted to make sure the community was aware of that good news as we head into 2019. So let’s do this — five financial moves that we think you should be making in the new year. No. 1, probably no surprise, setting financial goals for the new year. So Tim, when I think of this, I like to start broad and kind of think about what our goals and aspirations before you really dig into the numbers about what exactly do I have available per month and we get specific and measurable and all that. So why don’t you and I just talk broadly about 2019 in terms of things that are top of mind for us individually. We’ll obviously ask the listeners to do the same. So for you, 2019, I like to start by thinking of this question in terms of what would define a successful 2019 financially? So what’s top of mind for you and Shea?

Tim Baker: Yeah, I think the big thing for us is like we’re starting basically to gut our house. And so that’s a major financial I guess stressor for us. So we’re trying to cash-flow as much as we can for kind of some of the incidentals so we’re not putting those into our mortgage. So that’s really our big one. So right now, we’re in the process of moving everything out of our house a couple doors down and get that process going. So I think beyond that, which again, is a big thing, it’s really going to be about making sure that our emergency fund is where it needs to be kind of post-move. I think really, monitoring creep in terms of our spending. So that’s a big one I think everyone deals with. So I think the house is going to really kind of rule the day in terms of our finances. We’ve both agreed that because we’re doing this major undertaking, we’re going to kind of do a little bit less in other areas like vacation and things like this because, you know, we really want to make sure that our house is where it needs to be and we’re not really kind of dipping into those, the waters of being house-poor and cash-poor. And I think another big thing for us is like as our family grows, looking at something like an au pair, I know we’ve talked about that in the past and basically being able to have enough money month-to-month to basically support that. So those are the two big things financially that we’re looking at and really, kind of it’s pre-planning for the house and then basically after we get into it. So how about you, Tim? Like what does that look like for you?

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, you know, Jess and I have been obviously working with you on this. But I think for us, we made the move to Columbus in early October, new job started in November. I feel like right now, the dust is finally starting to settle. But I think we underestimated the impact of that transition, just both a little bit financially but even just emotionally, the impact on family and that what’s involved in a transition like that. So I feel like for us, it’s a lot kind of a reset back to some of the behaviors we had in terms of budgeting, goal setting and really getting a new foundation with new job and new differences of income and taxes and all of that and kind of getting back to norm. The other thing that’s top of mind for us is we have two cars that both have about 130,000 miles on them. So we haven’t done as great of a job as we would like — I mean, obviously, they’re paid off, which is good news, no car payments. But we’ve got to be thinking ahead either maintenance and/or purchasing new cars. And we just got slapped with a big, you know, about $2,500 repair bill on one of them that I think has brought this to the forefront a little bit for us and really being intentional about making sure that shouldn’t be an emergency, right?

Tim Baker: Right.

Tim Ulbrich: We kind of know that’s coming, and we need to at least plan for one if not both of those. And then the other thing is we have some aspirations around purchasing a first rental property in 2019. So we are super excited/nervous/fearful/insert emotion, you know, when it comes to that. And I’m binging on BiggerPockets, as many of our listeners know, and I think that’s really helped get me fired up. But one of the themes I keep hearing from so many of those that are on that show is, you know, it could be easy to kind of write the script of fear when it comes to real estate investing. And you know, you want to take risk. But it should be calculated risk. And I think I tend to probably think that that risk is greater than it is and wanting to really jump in and make that a part of our financial plan in 2019. So I think starting, as you kind of heard Tim and I talk through those in broad terms, what we didn’t do there is we didn’t put numbers to them yet, right? We didn’t put a date to them. And while we can’t put them yet into our budget, we’re going to get there here in a minute. It’s the beginnings of a conversation, either with you and your spouse and significant other, or maybe it’s just you alone about what would a successful 2019 look like? And take some time and answer that question and have fun answering that question, dream a little bit. And I think, Tim, for me, there’s this balance of doing this between not settling but also being aspirational on some regard, right? I think it’s easy to kind of look at things the way they were and say, OK, I’ve only got $100 a month, and I’m going to settle into what was. And I think it’s good to push yourself and to challenge yourself to think creatively about how those goals can be achieved. But obviously, you don’t want to be unrealistic either. So as you begin this conversation with clients around goal-setting, how do you do this? What direction do you take?

Tim Baker: Yeah, I really think of it as more of like a life plan. And we use the financial situation to really support that. So you know, when I ask a question of like — so when we do kind of like a success timeline, and we say — this is what I do with new clients is like, OK, if we get in our imaginary time machine, it’s December 27, 2018, and we go ahead two years, and we go to December 27, 2020, what does success look like? And really have them visualize that in that sense. So we kind of start there. But I think like most people, they say, is it financial success? And I’m like, I’m just talking success in general, you know. So to me, if it’s about exercise or personal development, to me, that has to be built in there because oftentimes, like that requires some type of like financial — I have a lot of clients that — and this used to me back in the day — they would spend a lot of money on races and traveling to different places to run half marathons or even like personal development courses or things like that or books or whatever. So to me, that’s all part of it and having a bucket of money set aside. So I think I don’t really separate the finances from I guess kind of the overall goals because to me, they’re very much intertwined. And it’s funny too because I get a lot of clients, like especially when we first go through this — and I know it happens in my household — but when we first go through this, I’ll ask a question of one of the spouses, and the other spouse is kind of like, you know, craning their neck and they’re like, I can’t believe that’s important to you or that’s even a thing for you — you know, good or bad, but it’s like, we don’t take the time to verbalize these things. And I know in our household, I feel like we often have the same conversation, but we come to different points of understanding. And then time erodes that. So I think writing it down and getting it on paper too is a good thing because our memories fade and even if we’re — I think we do a pretty good job in our household of kind of talk through where we want to go, but sometimes, you know, there’s two parties to that conversation. And sometimes, we just remember it differently or how to go about it. So I think just having the conversation with yourself and really your significant other, if that’s your case, is the first step because — I don’t know about you, Tim, but like I just have a lot of things running through my head, and to verbalize them and get them out onto paper is probably the majority of the step that needs to be taken. So I think that’s where having an objective third party just say, “Hey, these are questions you probably won’t ask yourself. I’m going to ask them, I’m going to get the heck out of the way, and we’ll just see where this takes us.” I think that’s important.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and I want to echo that. I think you did a great job — you have done and continue to do a great job of that with Jess and I. And we’ve talked before on the podcast about episodes 032, 033, where you walked us through some of those big dream questions about your why. And that’s a little bit about what we’re talking here. I mean, a little more granular on a year-long basis, but obviously, even before you think about 2019, I think what we’re encouraging you to do is think about the long-term vision. What is the end goal? What are you trying to achieve? Why are you trying to achieve it? And then you back into what needs to happen in 2019 that’s going to help you get there and making sure you’re prioritizing things appropriately. I know one of the mistakes I have made, Tim, and I know many others have made as well, is we tend to want to start with the budget. And I think that’s difficult, especially with a spouse or significant other. One, because it’s hard to know where you are trying to go to if you haven’t yet defined what are those goals and what you’re doing. And I think it instantly brings in some points of contention, and you’re focusing on the weeds and the numbers. But I know for Jess and I, we can sit down and we can have these conversations and we can dream big and then kind of back into reality and get on the same page. The budgeting process — I’m not going to say it’s easy, but it becomes easier because we’ve already talked about the goals and aspirations that we have together.

Tim Baker: Right. And a lot of people have the opposite problem is that they do the goals, but they never look at the budget because I think they’re afraid to. And that’s very common as well. So you know, I think at the end of the day, it doesn’t have to be perfect. And we would like to connect the dots to, you know, in terms of like what’s past behavior? How is money flowing through the household? To OK, can we account for every dollar that’s going to every goal? And sometimes, that’s just not reality. And that’s fine. But I think what it does is when you introduce all of these goals, whether it’s the home purchase or a vacation or you want to buy a car in the future or whatever that is or upping your retirement game, money is a finite resource, so when push comes to shove and we’re looking at, OK, where is this extra money going if there is extra money — and hopefully that there is extra money — then that’s when we really talk about prioritization and OK, what do we focus on first? What is most important? So some people don’t get to that step because it’s just, it’s too overwhelming for them or the “b” word is so — it’s like ash in their mouth. But I think a measure of kind of looking at goals and aspiration and a measure of practicality of OK, how are we actually going to back into these things is good. And again, you know, I think also having — some people, when I work with them, they’re like, well, tell me what you think I should do. And I give them my opinion based on my thoughts and I think the tone of the conversation and what’s important to them, but I also, I sprinkle in kind of, “This is what the textbook says too. And this may not be the best thing for you,” but I think those are good things to kind of talk through. And a lot of this is just, again, out in the open, talking through the issue. And then I think that brings clarity. If you’re kind of a one-person show or if you’re married and you’re basically calling the shots by yourself, maybe your spouse is not as engaged in the process, to me, you can get in your own head. And you really — not that you lose your way, but I think fleshing things out with an individual, whether it’s your spouse or someone else, is super important.

Tim Ulbrich: So I think for those that are listening and say, “Alright, Tim and Tim. I’ve got it. Goals are where I need to go,” and are looking for a tangible follow-up to do here, my recommendation would be go to episodes 032, 033, where Tim Baker and I talked through with Jess and I some big questions on finding your why. Ask yourself those same questions. If you listened to Episode 079, we had Nick Ornelia on. He actually talked about going through that process himself and how powerful and impactful that was. Then, begin to back into 2019, what are some of the things that you have as goals, based on that bigger picture of purpose and why and what you’re trying to do. And then get down to the tangible level. So we’ve all been taught in school, when you have goals, they need to be specific, measurable. They need to realistic, they need to be time-bound. And we talk about in “Seven Figure,” the book, “Seven Figure Pharmacist,” also adding a why to that. So if you’re somebody that says, OK, I’ve got $150,000 in student loan and I want to get that paid off in five years, you actually add a date to that. So by what date would I like to have that paid off? And what’s the reason why I want to do this? What else am I trying to accomplish, which obviously provides some of the motivation along the way. Once we get to this level where we have 2019 goals, we have some dates, we have some aspirations, we have exactly what we’re trying to do numbers-wise — so for example, for Jess and I, you know, maybe we say by December 31, 2019, we want to have $20,000 saved for our car sinking fund — now we can begin to then get into Step No. 2, which is making those goals become a reality through the budgeting process. So Tim Baker, No. 2 here is a new year, new budget. And so you know we’re big fans of the zero-based budget. For those that need a budgeting template, head on over to YourFinancialPharmacist.com/budget, and you can download and Excel sheet, and we’ll kind of walk you through what we’re going to talk about here. But we really believe Step No. 1, as we begin thinking about this transition from goals becoming a reality through the budgeting is tracking expenses. So talk us through where people can get started with tracking expenses to begin to calculate what are they working with each month to fund these goals.

Tim Baker: Yeah, so there’s a lot of different tools that you can use to really, whether it’s Mint or YNAB or Giveaway, like there’s a lot of things that you can use. There’s a free resource on my website, Script Financial. Basically, what it does is you link your accounts, it builds a dynamic basically balance sheet, so you can see all of your assets, all of your liabilities, and then you actually can look at to see how based on what you’ve connected, whether it’s credit card or checking account, you can see how money is flowing in and how it’s being basically categorized across the various, whether it’s housing or loan payments or whatever. So those are really a good way to kind of get baseline data. I think what often happens is when people look at, you know, the budget process exercise, you see it with people that are training for races that are kind of haven’t done it, they want to get off the couch and run a marathon right away, and sometimes they end up hurting themselves or quitting. And what I really implore clients when I kind of first work with them is our process is to kind of go through the balance sheet and say, “OK, these are all your assets. These are all your liabilities,” get a nice picture of where everything is and what it looks like. And then we do that 90-day retroactive budget exercise where the idea is if you have $10,000 coming in in income, so this is basically your take-home pay, as we walk through and we looked at how much money, we kind of have an idea on what our average is. So in the tool, it shows you, on average over the last three months, you spent $400 on your cat Snuffy. And then for a lot of people, they’re like, “Oh, that’s not good.” So I say, “Well, what’s a good number?” And they automatically want to say it’s $100. But maybe that might not be the reality. So sometimes we go chalk, meaning we take the average. But sometimes they’ll say, “Well, it’s kind of an outlier that Snuffy had surgery,” or whatever, so a realistic number is maybe $200 a month. So the idea is as we go through all of those line items, if $10,000 is coming in, and we have $9,000 that’s going out, in a zero-based budget, essentially what that tells me is that we have $1,000, more or less, to play with in terms of whether it’s increasing money that we’re putting towards loans or there’s basically a line item that is savings. So we might look at that $1,000 and say, “OK. Half of that we want to put towards, per month, we want to put towards maxing out our Roth IRA,” which is what the $500 times 12 months, that’s $6,000. That would max out your IRA. And maybe the other money goes for a different goal. So I think the exercise itself kind of shines a light on how money is flowing through. So on the flip side of that, Tim, you know, if we add up all of those and realistically, the number is typically more conservative because we just have leakage and things that we don’t really account for in that process. If $10,000 is going out, then it means one of two things. It either means that we’re eating into our savings or we’re running some type of credit card debt, and we’re basically running a deficit with our spending. So I think just getting a snapshot of where we’re at is important. And then a lot of those from there, it’s tracking your expenses. And again, like to me, one of the things that I preach is that it’s a two-sided equation, so I always try to impress upon clients to think of other ways to make income, grow the top line, because you can really only cut so much. And again, in this day and age, it’s always good to have alternative income streams than just like the W2 income that’s coming in. So things like that I think are important as we’re kind of going down the path of how to properly fund these goals.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and I love hearing you talk through — I mean, I think what this does if we merge steps 1 and 2 here — 1 being the goals, 2 here being the budget — is that you start with the goals in mind and then you work into, OK, based on the last 90 days, what do I have available? And you start to merge the two of these together. And I think what typically happens — I know it happened for Jess and I as we just did this last week with you — is that you get to your goals and your aspirations, and then you get to the reality of what is there. And you say, “I don’t like that reality,” right? So there’s not enough monthly income that’s not being spent on expenses, that’s freed up to put toward our goals, so we either now need to grow the top line, cut the expenses, or both, right? And then you start to really get into the questions of, what can I cut? Or how can I grow my income? And as you mentioned, it’s on both sides. So I think this merging of the goals and the budget really helps not only put it into reality, but it also helps drive some of the motivation to be able to achieve these goals. So I think the next step here — and you alluded to it a little bit — is this idea of what you do with your clients, which I love, is a savings allocation worksheet.

Tim Baker: Yeah.

Tim Ulbrich: So once we kind of begin to think about the goals and then we do this 90-day retroactive tracking of expenses, we now get into putting these into a category of what goal, how much am I trying to achieve? What do I need per month to get there? What can I do current versus what do I need to be doing? And then prioritizing those. So talk us through that process and how you do that with clients.

Tim Baker: Yeah, so I found that there was like a disconnect between kind of these steps. So one of the things I developed is this — I call it the savings allocation template. And it’s essentially like all of my clients have one. And it’s really just an Excel sheet. You know, it’s funny, like all of these pieces of software that are fancy, like I find that more and more I use kind of my own homemade thing. So essentially, what it is is it’s basically a spreadsheet that kind of shows what are our primary everyday spending accounts. So for some people, it might be Bank of America or USAA or whatever that is. And essentially, that’s where all of the money flows through. And then sometimes we have like a backup account just to make kind of a buffer. And then we have our emergency fund, which is that deep storage where we never touch. And then we might have like retirement accounts that are more for long-term savings. But then we have these, kind of these tweener accounts. And really, these are what we’re talking about in terms of like sinking funds. So most people — I think if you’re doing it correctly, in my opinion — are going to have things like a home maintenance, a car maintenance fund, a gift or a holiday fund. So a lot of people, they’ll say, “Hey, Tim, I do a really good job 11 months of the year, but then Christmas rolls around, and I blow my budget out of the water.” So typically, my question is, “Well, how much do you spend during the holidays?” Say for simple math, the answer is $1,200, then I say, “OK. In January 2019, this month, let’s set up a sinking fund. We’re going to call it ‘Gift, Holiday Fund,’ whatever, and every month from January 2019 to December 2019, we’re going to fund $100. So by the end of that month, or by the end of that year, we have $1,200, so essentially replicates spending. And really, we’re not getting into credit card debt or anything. But that money is there. So the idea behind the savings allocation sheet is to kind of get everything on one page and then it shows kind of the location of the account, what the monthly contribution is, so this is kind of what we’re talking about now — so typically, this is blank until we figure it out — what the current balance is, what the target is, what the source is — this could be paycheck or it could be moonlight shifts, or it could be Airbnb, which is kind of like what I talked about in the past with our travel fund — and then the description of what it’s actually for. So the example that I give for our travel fund, I said, “Hey, Shea, my buddies, we’re going to Vegas for a bachelor party. I really want to use the travel fund.” We look at the description, she’s like, “Sorry, bro. That’s for family vacations only, so you’ve got to find that money somewhere else.” But it keeps us honest, and it keeps us on the same page. So our car maintenance fund is for, you know, car repairs, oil changes, tires. For our home fund, we have the things that we know we need to spend money on in the future. And I think another field that I would add to this is, you know, we have kind of the current balance and the target. So if your emergency fund, it needs to be $20,000, and you have $15,000 in it, and you’re funding it $1,000 per month, then you essentially have five months until it’s fully funded, if you’re running at a clip. I think getting that on paper too, I think one of the things we talked about last time, Tim, was, OK, if we contribute to the emergency fund at this clip, it’s going to take us three years to fund it. Is that acceptable? So I think if when we look at it in that context, then you’re going to say, “Well, no, not really. It’s not.” Or you might look at it differently and say, “Yeah, that’s fine. We have cash there, and we’re building it up over time.” So I think that’s the piece. But it’s amazing, like we talk about kind of the small wins, and I think sinking funds are a big thing, but I think actually looking at this — and I equate it to almost like the debt roll down method in reverse. So we talk about when a debt is paid off, we basically roll that payment into the next one. So same thing, it’s like when our target balance is achieved, and in that example I gave you, you had $1,000 that’s going into the emergency fund, then essentially, we free up that $1,000 to now fund your travel fund or whatever it is. And I think that’s when we kind of talk about priorities. Do we do a lot of one thing? Or do we do a little of a lot of things in terms of spreading the dollars out?

Tim Ulbrich: And I think, again, just to reinforce for our listeners to not underestimate the power of writing down your goals and how you’re going to achieve them. I just pulled up right now the allocation worksheet you and Jess and I were working on, so we have things on here like additional giving and gifts, like you mentioned, vacation, home improvement fund, emergency funds, car sinking funds, different retirement accounts, and then we have the 529 accounts for the boys, real estate investing, paying down home early. And after we prioritized them, which is another step of this process, I see here a bunch of areas that it really pisses me off that we’re not able to contribute to these right now, right? Because of other things we’re trying to do. And so I think there’s that motivational factor of, OK, what needs to change? What do we need to do to make these a priority and make them happen? And obviously, there’s patience there as well. And so the next step of this is once you have your goals and once you have this allocation worksheet and you have the budget set and you prioritize these items, you then begin to put these on automation, which is what we’re talking about here with the sinking funds. And so I would point our listeners back to Episode 057, we talked about the power of automating a financial plan and we have some more detailed information there. OK, No. 1 we talked about is setting goals for the new year. No. 2 is new year, new budget. No. 3 is a new year tax filing and planning for 2019. So in Episode 070, you and Paul had talked about kind of pre-planning for the tax season. And so here we are, January, and for me, there’s really two buckets that we’re thinking about is what we need to do to file 2018 returns and then obviously, the strategic planning for 2019. So what should our listeners be thinking about? Here we are, January 2019, and what they need to do in terms of filing and probably the most common question we get here is what are the pros and cons of DIY, TurboTax, versus hiring and working with a professional on this.

Tim Baker: Yeah. So I think the big thing is as tax documents come in, you know, basically having a safe spot, a known spot, to basically gather all those and collect all those. I think that’s the big one. There are still things that you can do between January, this month, to April 15 that can affect your tax bill. So I think understanding that is important. So you know, right now, I think it should be about data collection, looking at where we’re at. But then as we kind of transition to alright, now we’re ready to file, what’s the best step? So for some people, it might be a TurboTax. It’s fairly easy. Now, the changes in the tax code makes the tax picture a little bit different. It’s supposed to be easier. It’s supposed to be a lot easier, but I think it’s about the same as far as what I’ve looked at and what I’ve read in terms of the new tax code. But again, it’s the same thing with goal-setting and a lot of this stuff is sometimes, it’s worth an objective opinion. And I would say the big win with Paul with a lot of clients that we’ve had is, you know, actually looking at — you know, we’re talking about midway through last year — looking at if nothing changes midway through, “Hey, client, you’re going to owe $6,000, $8,000, or we’re going to get back that amount of money.” And both of those things are not necessarily optimal outcomes. A lot of people — for some people, it is, because if they get back $6,000, it’s really the only way they can save, unfortunately. But that’s really a tax-free loan to the government. And on the flip side of that, no one really preps for or prepares for a large tax bill to Uncle Sam. And it happens if residents are moving from a residency salary to a regular pharmacist salary or life event changes, baby, increase in income, home purchase, a lot of these things can move the needle. So again, like we preach being proactive with this. And I think what we want to do in really this time of year is start the process of filing, especially if you’re going to get some type of return. File early, and then look ahead for 2019 and say, “OK. What are the things that we can do to affect change so we can be as efficient with the money that we’re sending Uncle Sam.” So for some people, it’s going to make sense to DIY it. And that’s more than OK for some people, especially if they have multiple states or things like that, it makes sense to kind of slow down and say, “OK. Tax permeates everything. What’s the best way to plan for this and be proactive in the approach?” And I think that’s the difference is I think the act of filing taxes is very transactional, it’s very reactive. But I think the planning piece can make it a lot more pleasant if you kind of get in front of it and make sure that you’re doing what you need to do to better your tax situation.

refinance student loans

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and I think that’s a goal we have for our community and audience is to really shift the mindset from just the filing, the transaction, to actually the strategic planning around taxes, you know, being intentional with the individual situations that everyone has and really — obviously, we’re not trying to deviate the tax code in any way, shape or form but really trying to look at all things considered, all those variables you mentioned, what can we be doing in advance of next year’s filing to be strategic to maximize the individual plan for each and every person? So really, thinking much more proactively about taxes than I think reactively.

Tim Baker: Right.

Tim Ulbrich: So I would point our listeners to YourFinancialPharmacist.com/taxprep, where you and your team with Paul offer a service to both do the filing as well as kind of looking ahead to the strategic planning of the new year. Alright, No. 4 here is a bucket of things that I’m calling tidying up the not-so-sexy but oh-so-important parts of your financial plan. So Tim, what are some of the things that our listeners heading into the new year probably often may not get the same attention that maybe student loans or saving for retirement, but some of the foundational, maybe more of the defensive things people need to be thinking about if they haven’t yet done putting a plan in place for 2019 to get it done?

Tim Baker: Yeah. I think you hit it on the head, Tim. I think it’s so much of the defensive things that don’t get the sizzle that things like, you know, the controversy over PSLF or the student loans because it’s a main pain point or investments, Roth conversions, that type of thing. It’s really about setting yourself up for good defense. So like I have a lot of prospective clients that came in the door, and they rattle off a bunch of things that they want to achieve or accomplish. And when I ask the question of like, “Do we have an estate plan in place?” which is super important because you own a house, you have kids, and the answer is no, then I need to impress upon them how important that actually is because what we don’t want to do is we don’t want some judge in the state of Wisconsin, Ohio, Florida, wherever it is, basically deciding who’s going to be guardian for your kids or how your body’s going to be treated in the event of incapacity or how your affairs are going to be handled in death. So it’s not something that is sexy or that we like to talk about, but it’s also typically one of the things that we don’t know what we don’t know. So I like to elevate that. To me, that’s where I think a good planner kind of elevates that. And I think that’s, again, it kind of goes back to one of the things that you said, Tim, is we worked together for a long time, and we get around to investments because, you know, most people, there’s other things that we need to tackle before we hit the investment piece. And I think this is one of the things too is, you know, yeah, I got it, we want to do Roth conversions, we want to make sure that the 401k is properly allocated, all that stuff. But if you kind of fall into those buckets — especially if there’s kiddos involved, having a proper estate plan is super important. So that would be the big thing, and some employers offer this as part of employment that you might pay a little bit more for legal, but I would definitely recommend talking to an attorney. And I know you and Jess talked to the person that I work with, and I think it was a big win for you guys. But I think that would be No. 1 is looking at that and making sure that we’re good in that regard.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and just to build off of that, we did. We just finished up that work, we’re reviewing the documents right now. And I had gone the DIY approach a couple years ago and really underestimated the power and the value of the conversation. Again, third party, different viewpoint. You know, Jess and I may be thinking about it one way, him asking questions, getting us to think about the different documents, and even some nuances and implications around life insurance policies and where other things go and how assets are handled and establishments of trusts and all those things that I would have never gathered through a template form. So I think that’s one that, you know, maybe for many people feels overwhelming, not only the topic in and of itself, but just the some of the legalese and working with somebody and all that. But I think it’s a good goal for many of our listeners to think about in 2019 if they haven’t yet done so.

Tim Baker: And at the end of the day, it’s really not about you. And the next things that we’re going to talk about is also not about you. You know, when you’re talking about estate planning, this is really about your family, your survivors. And a lot of people, it’s like, well, I won’t be here, I don’t have to really worry about it. But again, if you have a family to look after, I think it’s important to get this right and spending a little bit of money I think is well advised. So I think the next part of this, you know, some other not-so-sexy but oh-so-important parts of the financial plan would be your insurance game, you know. And again, I think that a lot of advisors will lead with this because, you know, a crappy permanent insurance or disability policy can pay a lot of premiums and typically, you know, I see a lot of people that don’t necessarily have what they need or they’ll over buy or whatever that is, but I think at the end of the day, looking at do you have enough term to basically cover what you need to cover? And again, if you have dependents, that’s going to be better. From a disability insurance where we’re talking about insuring the income that you earn, when you have dependents and you’re at the stage of life where you have spent a lot of time, energy, blood, sweat, tears to get the PharmD, you want to make sure that you protect that. So if it’s a simple calculation for life, which could be 10-12x your income to get that policy in place, so maybe that’s a $1 million term, which is cheaper than you think for — I kind of use, we talked about the rule of 30. For a 30-year-old who buys a $500,000 30-year term policy, it’s about $30 a month. So a lot of people think that’s a lot more. And then disability policy, you probably want something that is own occupation, which means it covers for your occupation. And you want something that’s around 60% of your gross monthly income. So a lot of people, again, they overlook this. And you know, this is as important as some of the other things that we’ve talked about, the investment, the emergency fund, all that kind of stuff. And then that’s the next thing is really — is your emergency fund up-to-date and current? So Tim, you said you mentioned kind of life changing, moving to Columbus, we re-assessed the emergency fund, and we saw, OK, we probably need to plus it up a little bit. Same for our household. I love to just watch that money sit and get its 2% from Ally every month. Like it’s a beautiful thing. But you know, do we have enough cash reserves for the unthinkable to happen and be good with that? And then in terms of some of the other things, you know, updating beneficiary information on your investment accounts — do you have a primary beneficiary? Do you have a contingent beneficiary? And make sure that’s current. And to circle back to the estate planning stuff is, you know, is your legacy folder, is that current? Is it even in existence? And basically talking through with loved ones about, “Hey, this is if something were to happen to me, this is my LastPass account. This is where you look for everything.” And make sure. Because again, a lot of people think it will happen to someone else, but at the end of the day, the odds are is that this will happen to one of our listeners, and it’s important to be prepared for that.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and if you haven’t heard us talk about that on the show before, legacy folder, that’s a play off of Dave Ramsey’s content. He talks about this in Financial Peace University, having all of your financial documents, insurance policies, birth certificates, investment account logons, you name it, in one place where people or whomever, one person, knows where that is in the event that you need it, whether that’s spouse, significant other, or obviously extended family. So we have a document, YourFinancialPharmacist.com/legacyfolder that is a list of things that you may consider including in there. And Tim, just to put a bow on this and kind of wrap up the things you had talked about, I think for those that are listening and say, “Estate planning: check. Life and disability: check. Emergency fund: check,” it’s really going back and asking the questions, if you already have those in place, to your point, are they up-to-date? And do they align with your current financial situation? So I know, for example, I mentioned Jess and I have the estate plan, we kind of looked at that and said, “Yeah, we did it. But we didn’t really do it as well as we could have or should have.” And it didn’t represent, I think our current status of our family, and it probably won’t again in three years, and we’ll have to update it. Life and disability is one that we’re working with you on right now to say, “OK, when we purchased a life insurance policy three years ago, our financial situation, our family situation is very different.” And so we’re at a point now of needing to kind of up those policies. Same with the emergency fund that you mentioned. So really going back and looking to say, “Are these policies representative, are these parts of the financial plan representative of current status of what’s going on?”

Tim Baker: Yeah, and I had a prospective client ask me this and actually became a client. They basically said is like, “I kind of understand how you work through the financial plan. But then like what do we do after that?” And it’s like, you know, is there work to do? And I was like, “Well, you know, if you look back two years and what you were doing two years ago, is that different than what it looks like today?” And inevitably, it’s like yeah. So the beauty of the financial plan — to nerd out a little bit — is that it’s fluent. And life happens, so I feel like asking the question, like does this make sense today is valid across all part of the financial plan. And for some people, you know, they’re going to move from the accumulation phase of, say, their 529, they’re saving for little Johnny’s education, to actually the distribution phase, which looks a lot like retirement in terms of like how can we set up a plan, you know, your kid’s in middle school, high school, and make sure that we know exactly what we’re paying for college down to the penny and how we’re going to fund that. And you know, it sounds — you know, a lot of people kind of get stuck in the here and now and where we’re currently headed, but we forget how much life changes over time. Even in your case, Tim, when we talked about, when we looked back at kind of your goals, some of them made a lot of sense. But then you had a lot of things change as well. Again, I think that’s where it’s good — and I even have problems with this in my life — but it’s good to kind of slow down and ask the questions like, “Do we like where we’re going? Does this still make sense?” You know, has something basically come up that’s now more important? And then really adjusting the plan accordingly. So and that’s one of the reasons I’ve been on my soap box — that’s really the reason I like to work with young people is that you can come in completely scattered or in a tough spot, but I think the fact that we have time to really right the ship and get the plan going is a beautiful thing. So.

Tim Ulbrich: And if those listening, you know, maybe you have a question about life and disability, emergency funds, all these things we’ve talked about, taxes, you know, we have so many resources on the website, YourFinancialPharmacist.com. We’ve got guides and calculators and links to previous content. So head on over there, search the topic that you’re looking for, and if there’s not something there that you’re looking for, let us know. No. 5 and finally, you know, probably the quickest one that we’ll talk about but maybe the most important is surrounding yourself with community that one, keeps you accountable and two, motivates you to learn and better yourself financially each and every day. So we’ve talked before about the YFP Facebook group, and our challenge for those of you that are listening that are not yet a part of that group, number one, it’s free. Number two, there’s multiple conversations going on each and every day: people posing a question, something they’re struggling with, a win that they had. Please join us in that community. I think you’ll find it incredibly helpful and valuable just to stay sharp when it comes to your own financial plan and what you’re working on. And number two is obviously when it comes to accountability and finding somebody that can motivate you and help you learn, of course, the comprehensive financial planning services. So Tim Baker, we’re of course proud to be partnering with him, ScriptFinancial.com. You can head over to that website, schedule a free call, see if it’s a good fit for you. And Tim, from what you’ve seen working with clients, whether it’s accountability and community with a significant other, a spouse or a planner or some other form or fashion, I mean, how important is this aspect of accountability and community?

Tim Baker: I think it’s huge. You know, I think when I start with clients and we do kind of a wealth building survey, which is built on kind of “The Millionaire Next Door” and the research that was done there, you know, pharmacists grade out very highly in things like responsibility, but from an accountability measurement or like a focus measurement, sometimes they don’t — or a confidence measurement, sometimes they don’t. And that’s where we kind of lose the way. So again, my job in essence from a behavioral standpoint is to kind of nudge you in the right direction. And sometimes, it’s just as easy as bringing up the savings allocation, kind of the goal and the success timeline and saying, “OK. Where are we at? And where are we going?” And you know, I love the community that we’re building because I think it was — I know I heard it through Tim first, I think he stole it from someone else — Tim Ferriss is the author of “The 4-Hour Workweek,” is that you’re the average of like your five closest friends or things like that, something like that. And I think when you surround yourself with people or community that are like-minded, in essence, or are cheering each other on to kind of change their situation, I think that’s where you really start to see action. So that can be a community, working with your spouse, it can be working with an advisor. But at the end of the day, I think the accountability is such a huge piece of it. And I often say to clients, like you know, “You guys can look up how to do a Roth conversion, what you need an emergency fund and where, but at the end of the day, I think it’s that objective voice in the room that says, ‘Does this make sense?’ and ‘Is this still important?’ And if it is, where’s the money? Where’s the bucket? Where’s the resources to say that it is imporant and we’re going to see it through?” So yeah, I think it’s probably the most important part of the financial plan is really pushing it forward and being accountable to what we’ve laid out.

Tim Ulbrich: Absolutely. We’ve talked before, it’s not — the x’s and o’s are important, but what is more important is the execution, which comes down to accountability and community and upping your financial IQ. And I’m feeling that right now, I mean, we’re finishing up a book club in the YFP Book Club Facebook group on “Rich Dad, Poor Dad,” and it’s been to facilitate that, but even seeing the conversation, you know, we’re one month in, and I think like we talk about the compound growth of your investments, there’s a much more or equal significance of the growth of your financial IQ that can happen through reading a book each month or every month or whatever that the cumulative effect of that, you cannot underestimate that. So I hope you’ll join us in the YFP community if you’re not already a part of that group. And before we wrap up today’s show, just another reminder about our first giveaway of the year. We’re doing three yearly subscriptions to the budgeting software, YNAB, again, standing for You Need A Budget. Head on over to YourFinancialPharmacist.com/giveaway to enter that contest today. As always, we appreciate you joining us for this week’s episode. And if you haven’t done so, please leave a review of this show in iTunes and make sure to subscribe, whether that be in iTunes or whatever podcast player that you get your content each and every week. We’re grateful for your listenership, and we look forward to joining you again next week. Have a great rest of your week.

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

Join the YFP Community!

YFP 079: Is It Time to Redefine Retirement?


Is It Time to Redefine Retirement?

On episode 079, Tim Ulbrich, co-founder of Your Financial Pharmacist, interviews Dr. Nick Ornella, a 2009 graduate of Ohio Northern University, about his journey paying off his student loans in 10 months and shortly after taking one year off to travel the world. Tim and Nick share thoughts of what it means to redefine retirement and why the concept of mini-retirements are gaining traction. They finish the show up by getting practical with 7 steps you can take to plan for a year off.

About Today’s Guest

Nick Ornella is a 2009 graduate of Ohio Northern University’s College of Pharmacy. He began working for Walgreens when he graduated. Nick was able to pay off his student loans within 10 months. In 2016, he decided to take a year long leave of absence from work to travel. Nick spent an entire year traveling around the western United States, Europe, and east Africa. In 2018, he married his wife, Alanna, and they currently live in Cincinnati. Nick is now back to working for Walgreens as a pharmacy manager. Nick also created a blog called the Young Professional’s Guide to a Year Off to tell the story of his year off and to show other young professionals how to take extended time off work to travel.

Summary

On this episode, Tim Ulbrich interviews Dr. Nick Ornella, a 2009 Ohio Northern University graduate. Nick knew in high school that he wanted to become a pharmacist and began taking the necessary steps to do so. His parents helped to financially support his college career. Nick worked hard in school to earn scholarships from Ohio Northern University that helped to offset his indebtedness. He worked as an intern at Walgreens during school and took advantage of their tuition reimbursement program. At graduation, he had accrued $35,000 in debt.

Nick went to work the day he became a licensed pharmacist. He wanted to build a strong financial foundation and decided to live with his parents so that he could pay off his student loans as quickly as possible. After paying off his loans, he started 401(k) contributions and maxed them out. He avoided big purchases, aside from a 2011 Audi A5, lived humbly in a small apartment, didn’t use a credit card or rack up any credit card debt and minimized costs any way he could.

Nick was fed up with his job and decided, after a lot of contemplation a research, that he wanted to take a year off of work to travel. He had a nice nest egg in his 401(k) and $40,000 in his savings account with no other debt. He purchased several books on how he could travel frugally and for additional inspirational stories and information to help make this long-time dream a reality. He decided he was all in and would have no regrets. He was able to receive a leave of absence from work giving him the ability to take a year off to travel several places in the U.S., Europe and Africa. During his travels, he found himself often living in the present moment and truly finding contentment in his life, a feeling he had never experienced before.

Nick has come to realize that the concept of retirement needs to be rethought and that it’s important to step out of the rat race of work to create pockets of time that you can truly enjoy. Since his return, he created a blog and also lays out 7 financial steps to take a year off.

Mentioned on the Show

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Hey, what’s up, everybody? Welcome to Episode 079 of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. We have a special treat for you on today’s show, Dr. Nick Ornelia, Walgreens pharmacist, fellow Ohio Northern University alum — go Polar Bears — and blogger at Young Professionals Guide to a Year Off. He’s going to share his journey of crushing it to pay off his student loans and shortly after, taking one year off to travel the world. Nick, welcome to the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast.

Nick Ornelia: Hi, Tim. Thanks for having me. Really honored to be here on the podcast.

Tim Ulbrich: Super excited to have you. And I’m fired up about talking about this topic. We’ve actually had lots of interest. People write in about this concept of retirement, should we be thinking about retirement in a different way? Many people know of Tim Ferriss’ work in the 4-hour work week, where he talks about this concept of mini-retirements. We’ll get there, but first, I want to take our listeners — and I don’t know if you’ll remember this, Nick, all the way back to January 4th, 2016, I actually pulled up my email before we were recording — brand new, the Your Financial Pharmacist blog had just started, and you wrote me an email. And the subject line was, “Taking a year off of work.” And I’m going to read this email quick because I think it’s going to set the stage for our conversation today and obviously, show our listeners of what you executed on in taking this year off. So you said, “Hello. Just wanted to know if you’ve ever heard of a pharmacist taking a year off work to travel and/or spend more time with family. If so, what kind of financial impact did that have on them? And what kind of difficulty did they have rejoining the workforce as a pharmacist? Thanks, Nick.” So Nick, with that in mind, give us the back story at this point in time, almost three years ago, when you were thinking about this idea of taking a year off. What was stimulating this interest for you? And maybe what fears were going on in your mind at that time?

Nick Ornelia: That’s incredible that you still have that email because I was scouring the internet at that time, trying to find any kind of example of any pharmacist or similar healthcare professional who had done something similar, just to see kind of like what their experience was and to get some information. And your blog popped up, and actually, I recognized your name. I knew you had gone to Ohio Northern. So I shot you that email, and you know, your response and your quick reply was actually a big kind of help for me, kind of a push out the door. So I will forever be grateful to the Financial Pharmacist for that. But the idea had been kind of brewing in my mind for probably at least a year before then, probably even longer. I had heard about people taking gap years, taking extended time off, maybe like after college or a sabbatical at some point in their career. So the idea was always in the back of my mind as a possibility that sounded pretty awesome and pretty cool, and maybe someday, I can do that. But I’d never really given it too much though until probably about April of 2015, so this was about a year before I started my year off. I was in a long-term relationship at the time. And it wasn’t going as I had hoped it to go. We ended up being two completely different people, and that day I remember in April, I remember we got in a big argument, and it just wasn’t my day. I was having a bad day. A bad day at work, I was kind of fed up with everything. And I went down into the basement, and I ordered three different books off of Amazon. And one of them was the book that you just mentioned, “The 4-Hour Workweek” by Timothy Ferriss. Another one was called, “Vagabonding” by Rolf Potts. And then the third one was, “How to Travel the World on $50 a day.” And that right there was like the first tangible step that I took that kind of set me on that path. And I read those books in a matter of days, and from that point on, it was a daily thing where I thought about it, I dreamed about it. And I really at that point, wanted to make it happen. So as I said, I was in that relationship and later that October, I believe it was, October 2015, about six months before I started the whole year of travel, that relationship ended amicably. We just realized we weren’t right for each other. And the day that that relationship ended, which was probably the hardest day of my life up to this point, very difficult, but that was the day that I decided to go through with it, to take the year off and to jump into it and have no regrets about it.

Tim Ulbrich: So Nick, when you emailed me, you didn’t talk about financial fears, per say, but I’m guessing there were things at the time you were thinking about as a young practitioner, 2009 graduate, maybe fears around whether it’s job security or am I going to be delaying retirement? All these things. I mean, what was going through your mind at that point of potential financial barriers that you saw or — whether they were real or not or maybe perceived to be greater than they were — but financial barriers that you saw that may have prevented you from taking that year off?

Nick Ornelia: There weren’t too many, honestly. I had done a really good job — I’m sure we’ll get into this, but I paid off my loans super quick. I had a nice nest egg in my 401k. I had about $50,000 saved up in my savings account. And after reading that book, “How to Travel the World on $50 a day,” you know, if you calculate that out, 365 days, that’s about $19,000 I think is about what that works out to. That’s traveling relatively cheaply. I knew I didn’t want to travel that cheaply. So that’s where that extra money came in. So I knew, even if I traveled as cheaply as I could, I knew that I would have enough money to last the year. So I was not concerned about running out of money there. I did think quite a bit about the opportunity costs, so you know, you’re going a whole year without earning any money. You’re going a whole year without contributing anything to your 401k. And if you’re looking 30-40 years down the road, that money, if you max it out at $18,500, that’s going to be a considerable amount of money that you’re potentially missing out on. So I thought of those opportunity costs, but then I thought of myself sitting there at the age of 65, you know, with all this extra money but then the thought of never having gone through with this dream of mine to take a year off work. And that was kind of ultimately one of the main reasons why I decided to do it. I was afraid of that regret. Yeah, the money would be great to have at that age, but what are you going to spend it on then? I’m young now, I have the opportunity to do this right now, to live in this moment for an entire year. And so that’s one of the main reasons why I did it. But the financial risks, I mean, probably the biggest risk I was worried about then was my ability to make money. Our biggest asset is our ability to make money. And you know, just being concerned about coming back to a job, to full-time work. But I was prepared for anything. I was prepared to find a different job just to make ends meet for the time being until I was back to full-time pharmacist work. So the financial risks, you know, I looked at them, but I tried not to worry too much about them because if you worry about every single little thing like that, you’re never going to take a leap, you’re never going to take a risk. And you’re going to kind of be stuck sitting on your hands. So eventually, I just was like, whatever. Let’s just jump in and do it. And if I’ll end up on my last dime, I’ll kind of worry about that then. But in the meantime, let’s just do this.

refinance student loans

Tim Ulbrich: I really hope, Nick, our listeners will go back and rewind and replay the last few minutes of what you said. I think there’s so much wisdom there. And you know, we talk about the x’s and o’s of personal finance, all of which are important. But at the end of the day, this reminds me back to the conversation Tim Baker and I had with Jess, my wife, and I about really finding your why and not losing sight of your passion, your interests, your purpose, in addition to the x’s and o’s. And I think it’s easy to get hung up in making sure you have your t’s crossed, your i’s dotted with your personal finances. But one of my greatest fears that I share with what I think I heard you say was looking back 30 or 40 or 50 years from now and saying, I saved up all of that for what? What was the purpose? And I think the enjoyment of life experiences is huge. And I’m so glad you took that leap of faith, and I think your story is going to encourage so many others that are maybe feeling in a rut or they’re stuck, they’re stressed and really wanting to pursue a similar path. And we’re going to get tangible here in a little bit about how they can think about doing that. But what I also want to say is I don’t want to brush over what I know you did, which is huge, is you had a solid financial foundation, which allowed this to become a reality. And so many people that are listening are thinking, wow, I’ve got $200,000 student loan debt, I’ve got credit card debt, I’ve got this going on. I’ve got young kids and expenses and I don’t have margin to do something like this. And I think what your story resonated to me, as I’m reading right now through “Rich Dad, Poor Dad,” for a second time, is he talks about the importance of having a strong financial foundation so you can take risk. Now, in his book, he’s really talking about risk from real estate, the business aspect, doing some things that are entrepreneurial, but I think taking risk of taking time off and developing yourself is another aspect of risk. So share with our listeners for a moment, how did you build that strong foundation? You paid off student loan debt in 10 months, you built up some savings, you began retirement, how is that possible? And what was the strategy of doing that in such a short period of time, which takes many other people maybe five or 10 years to get to that point?

Nick Ornelia: Yeah, sure. First of all, you just mentioned the episode about the interview of you and Jess with Tim Baker.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah.

Nick Ornelia: THat was my favorite episode by far so far, just hearing you guys talk about your whys and the questions that he was asking you just really got me thinking, and I literally, I was at the gym when I listened to that episode. And right when the episode was over, I just got out my phone and I texted my wife and I told her, “I love you.”

Tim Ulbrich: Awesome.

Nick Ornelia: So that, the stuff that you guys are doing is just fantastic in that regard. So I wanted to get that in there. But yeah, going back, my kind of financial story. I mean, really it started in high school, and I just decided to go to pharmacy school. I knew I was good at math and science, and I knew that pharmacists made a good salary, and that honestly kind of why I chose it. And so I went in knowing that I was doing pharmacy and knowing that I would have the degree after six years. And I went with the best financial package, which happened to be Ohio Northern. And so really did a good job of minimizing my debt. My parents were paramount in that. I know they helped me out quite a bit throughout my college years, and it’s something that I’ll never forget, it’s something that I plan on paying forward with my children. But I also, you know, at Ohio Northern, it’s a bit different for all the student listeners out there. Our last two years, our scholarship was based completely on our GPA from our first four years. And there were days that I buckled down, and I went and I studied and I got good grades and got a pretty good financial package for the last two years of pharmacy school. So I was able to come out of ONU with only about $35,000 in debt. I had also taken some money from Walgreens, I started as an intern there and took every single dollar that they offered as far as tuition reimbursement, which really helped minimize my debt as well. So upon graduation, I went right into work. I didn’t mess around. The day I got licensed, I went into work later that day. So I jumped right into it. I was living with my parents at the time and just continued to live with them and my sole purpose in life was to make that $35,000 in debt disappear. And I did owe my dad a little bit of money for a car so I had to pay that off as well. So I just lived at home with my parents, didn’t do much but work, picked up extra shifts and by I think it was January — I got licensed in I think June or July and then by that following January-February, I hit that final payment button. And that was the end of the student loans for me. I know it’s not as easy for a lot of listeners. And I’m forever grateful for that. That’s something that I’ll forever be grateful for. But at the same time, you know, once I paid off my loans, I still kind of kept in that saving money mindset, so as soon as I paid those off, I started my 401k contributions. And from the get-go, I maxed them out. I was throwing 15% of my salary. I started it that January right after I paid off my loans. So I had been maxing that out ever since then, ever since January of 2010. And then also, I really avoided the big purchases. I was young and dumb a little bit. I bought a 2011 Audi A5. You know, you guys call it the million-dollar car and essentially, it is a million-dollar car.

Tim Ulbrich: It might have been 2, right?

Nick Ornelia: But you know, I did that. And that was probably my biggest financial mistake leading up to my year off. I didn’t buy a house, I rented a small apartment that was easy to furnish, cheap, and all my other spending was kept in check. I wasn’t buying new gadgets, I never had credit card debt, never a penny of credit card debt. So I just saved as much money as I could and minimized my costs as much as I could. And that really helped build that financial base that you were talking about, really building the net worth. I know you guys are big net worth guys, and I was really able to do a good job of that over those four or five years leading up to when I actually decided to take a year off.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and Nick, what I appreciate about your journey there — and I hope the students listening heard that your financial foundation post-graduation starts when you’re in school. It’s the decisions you’re making. Yes, you had parental support, which is awesome, but also in there was scholarships and pursuing those types of things, being intentional about putting yourself in a position to get those scholarships. It’s about doing everything you can post-graduation to minimize accumulation of interest and keeping costs down and not buying big homes and other things. So yes, you had help. But there’s intentionality in that and all the way back to your P1 year at Ohio Northern, building that foundation and your parents helping you do that, obviously was a big factor in allowing you to do the things that you’re doing today. So let’s get to the point of, you make this decision, say, “You know what? I’m doing this. I’m taking a year off.” Walk us through that conversation with your employer. What was their receptiveness to it? What security, if any, did you have about if I take this year off, will my job be here? Take us through that conversation with your employer and what was going through your mind at that time.

Nick Ornelia: Yeah, sure. So when I decided to do it, that day that I decided in October of 2015 that I’m going through with this, no matter what, I knew I had two options. I knew I had the option of trying to figure out a leave of absence. And then the alternative option was to quit, to just walk away. And I had it in the back of my mind that even if I can’t work out this leave of absence, I’m going to do it. I’m going to quit. It’s what’s going to be required for me to do this. But I’m going to do it if that’s what it comes down to. So I had that idea in the back of my mind, that kind of promise to myself to do that. But you know, obviously, I wanted to work out a leave of absence. It’s a lot more preferable to quitting, obviously, to have at least some sort of guarantee of work to come back to in a year. It takes a big worry off your mind so you’re able to enjoy the year a little bit more. And to be able to walk back and make any kind of money to begin supporting yourself again is really important, if you can make it happen. So I started looking on the Walgreens website, on our internal website, and found the leave of absence form. And it was the same form that you use for — I think you used it for family medical leave, for personal medical leave, I think even for maternity leave. But the very last option, leave option, was just a personal unpaid leave of absence. And it was left completely blank, no discretion, no direction as what to use it for. So that was my route, so I printed that form out and I needed three different signatures on it. I needed a signature from somebody in my store, which I had my pharmacy manager Jason who happens to be one of my best friends. He was super excited for me when I told him about it, and he signed the form no problem. He was one of my biggest supporters, just an incredible guy.

Tim Ulbrich: That’s awesome.

Nick Ornelia: Forever thankful for him. So I got his signature, and then I needed my district supervisor’s signature, which she had the same thing. She was super pumped for me and excited. And then I needed a signature from somebody in the leaves department, and I got all three of them and got approved for the leave of absence starting April 1, 2016. And then I had to be back to work by March 31 of 2017. Otherwise, I would be terminated. So I basically had this entire year to do whatever I pleased. And I was completely up front with what I wanted to do. I told them, I said, “Hey, I want to travel for a year. This is where I’m going to go, this is what I want to do. I will be back in a year. I want to work for Walgreens, I don’t want to work for anybody else. I love this company, I like my job. But this is what I want to do right now.” And so I got the necessary signatures, and I’ll never forget the day that I got the letter saying my leave of absence was approved. It was a pretty exhilarating day to know that I had this great big adventure planned ahead of me. So it was pretty awesome.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah. What I like about that part of your story, Nick, is that to me, when I hear about the reaction from your pharmacy manager and your district manager and how excited they were for you, that tells me the level of value that you had brought to the organization. You know, because if you’re somebody who’s a mediocre employee or a disgruntled employee or an OK, average employee, you’re probably not getting that reaction. So I think it just speaks more to what we’ve talked about before on this podcast about as we encourage and coach people through career aspects is focus on the value that you’re providing to the organization. What value do you bring each and every day? And the rest of it will take care of itself, whether it’s opportunities, whether it’s salary increases, whether it’s things like this where you’re granted a year off and ultimately, have excitement around it as well. Now, I know you and I talked a little bit before the show and before we hit record that technically, there was no guarantee of employment upon your return. But you know, you had some indications that there was support for you in that journey. So you had some peace of mind in that aspect. Is that correct? Is that fair?

Nick Ornelia: Yes. So going back to what you said about being a good employee. That’s paramount to getting a leave of absence like this approved. Just thinking from a manager’s standpoint, I’m a pharmacy manager now. Just thinking from that standpoint of, if I had an employee, one of my best employees, come to me and say, “Hey, I want to do this for a whole year. I’m going to leave, but I will be back in a year.” I kind of know that they’re probably going to quit if I don’t approve the leave of absence. But then I think about, you know, in a year, OK, I’ll be able to have a very good, fully trained, highly competent employee back working for me and no problems. So really, it’s almost — if you’re that good of an employee, if you work your butt off and you do everything that’s asked of you, then it’s to the benefit of the company and to your boss for them to approve that leave of absence and, you know, at least get some sort of a guarantee of you coming back to work for you. Now, on the flip side, if from their perspective it was we’re approving this leave of absence, but at the same time, we don’t know where we’re going to be a year from now. So we can’t completely, fully guarantee you any kind of promises as far as number of hours per week or where you’re going to be, where you’re going to be working. But I was prepared to hit the ground running from the bottom like I did when I was a new grad. I figured I would have had to go right back in the floating and it might have just been part-time work, but anything, even just a couple days of work a week would have been enough to kind of get me back on my feet and get me going again until I eventually work my way back into a store in a full-time position. So yeah, you’re right. There was no guarantee of anything coming back. All that leave of absence did was preserve my company start date. And it preserved — or it suspended my benefits. So that way, when I came back, my benefits would resume how they were before my leave of absence. So yeah, that was kind of one of the risks that I took, but it was worth it to me. It was worth it to me to have a year to pursue my dreams and passions and have to kind of start over with my pharmacy job and pharmacy career. But that was a risk I was willing to take. It’s funny how it all worked out, though. I ended up not having to start from the bottom. So the guy who replaced me in my store, I was a staff pharmacist at the time. I’d been at the store with Jason for I think five years at that point, four or five years. And so the guy that replaced me took a manager’s position at a different store about two or three months before I was due to come back to work. And Jason convinced the district supervisors to hold my position for me at my old store until I got back in like two or three months. So I was able to go right back into the exact same store, the exact same position, full-time work. I think my first day back was March 27, 2017. It was a Monday. And I was right back standing where I was a year ago at that time. So it was quite incredible how it all worked out.

Tim Ulbrich: So let’s talk about your trip. Let’s talk about what you saw, where you went, how much money it had cost you throughout the year. And for me, maybe more importantly, what you learned about yourself during that year.

Nick Ornelia: Sure. So the money aspect, I mentioned I had about $50k saved up in a savings account. $10k of that to me was pretty untouchable. It was my emergency fund and my fund in case I needed money when I came back to keep me going and get me going again. So I had about $40k to spend for the whole year. I had mentioned that book, “Travel the World on $50 a Day,” so I knew if I traveled cheap enough, then I could keep my costs around — my living costs, my living costs, my food, my shelter, my travel, plane tickets, that kind of stuff. I knew if I kept that around that cost, that would leave me about $20,000 extra dollars to basically spend on whatever I wanted to do. So that was kind of my budgeting plan. It wasn’t much of a plan, but at least it was something. But I had limits in mind. I knew I wasn’t going to go over a certain amount. So yeah, so my first six months, I am an absolute huge fan of America’s national parks. I am just in love with them, so I had been to quite a few before then, but I wanted to try to hit as many national parks as I could and as many of these just incredible places out west. So the first six months, I spent out west. I drove all the way to California, spent a couple weeks in the Sierra Nevada mountains, which I know you and Jess are big fans of that. I climbed Mount Whitney, which is the highest mountain in the Lower 48 states. I did that as part of a charity fundraiser thing.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, I remember that.

Nick Ornelia: Which was really cool to be able to raise some money for a pretty cool charity that I support. So yes, I did that and then headed over to Utah and spent like three weeks in Utah, just hiking around all the national parks there and exploring just an absolutely incredible state. And I met my buddy Tony in Colorado, spent a week in Colorado white water rafting, and then we drove home together, went to a couple Major League Baseball stadiums along the way. I went home — so I got home early June, spent a few weeks at home in June, and then at the end of June, I headed back out west. My buddy Sam accompanied me this time. We spent another week in Colorado, just hiking around the mountains, backpacking, camping. And then from there, I drove back out to California. I hiked the John Muir Trail, which is about a 220-mile trail through the Sierra Nevadas, which was two of the best weeks of my life, just the beauty of the places that I saw. Just stunning. And then from there, I headed north up into Washington and from there, I spent about three weeks in Washington. I climbed Mount Rainier, which is just one of the most beautiful mountains in the world, in my opinion. And from there, I headed east towards Wyoming. And we haven’t talked about this much, but I was dating somebody at the time. So I mentioned my relationship ended, and a couple weeks after that, I met Alanna, who is now my wife. So I met her — so we were dating at the time, and so she’d decided to fly out. She met me in Wyoming, and we spent two weeks together in Wyoming. And that was really when I knew I really liked her at the time, she was super supportive of my trip. And when she flew out to meet me and we spent those two weeks together, that was pretty much when I realized I wanted to marry her. So that was just an incredible back story of my whole year off, which we don’t need to get too much into, but from there, we drove home. After that, I flew to Europe in September. I spent two and half months in Europe, just backpacking around. My sister accompanied me for a week in Paris and London. And then I came back to Cincinnati for the holidays. And then right after Christmas, I flew to Africa. And I had signed up to do six weeks of volunteer week in Uganda. And then I went to Tanzania for three weeks, I climbed Kilimanjaro, went on safari there. Also in Uganda, I went on a safari, I went and saw the mountain gorillas, did all the fun stuff there. And then Alanna met me again in Kenya for my last two weeks of my year off. And we volunteered together, went on safari and just had an absolute blast.

Tim Ulbrich: And Nick, I’m getting chills just hearing the experiences you’ve had and thinking about obviously what relationally it did for even just building a good foundation for you and your wife now and that experience and some of the mission and service work that you did. And so I think you’ve partly answered that, but let me wrap that around about as you look back on that year, what are some of the things that you learned about yourself during that year? Because I have to imagine when you’re doing that kind of travel, you’ve got work set aside, there’s probably lots of time for reflection and growth. So what were some of your takeaways from that year?

Nick Ornelia: Sure. One of my goals was to learn as much as I could. So I read constantly. I think I read probably around 40 books throughout the course of the whole year. So you know, just learning practical day-to-day and just reading some great literature and great books. I think I learned, I learned quite a bit. A lot of it, in regards to my career, I learned quite a bit. So when I was volunteering in Uganda, I actually volunteered at a pharmacy there. It was a government-run healthcare facility. And they actually had a small pharmacy. It was a closet. It was like 6-foot by 8-foot. And they only had about 25-30 medications that they dispensed. And I was basically given the keys to the place after my second day of work. So I learned quite a bit about the differences in healthcare between a third-world country and our country. And I learned how it is so easy for us here in America to take everything for granted and the opportunities that we have and the long lives, the long, healthy lives that we live here, it’s just overwhelming to look at the differences between those two. So I learned to really appreciate my health, appreciate everything I have here at home, everything that we have here in America, the healthcare system that we have and the opportunity that we have career-wise as well as pharmacists. But there was a lot of personal things that I kind of learned and I think I improved on as well. I think I was always, you know, prior to my year off, I was always thinking ahead or I was always reliving past moments. I was never able to fully live in the moment and fully appreciate a relationship or appreciate my life the way it is. I don’t think I was ever able to just sit down and say, man, I feel like totally, completely content right now. Everything is just perfect right now. I was always thinking ahead or thinking back and worrying about this or worrying about that, and that year just kind of caused a lot of that to just evaporate. And it’s continued on now. I just notice things, just sitting down and just enjoying myself and just not needing any stimulation and not needing to have the TV on or anything like that. This might sound kind of creepy, but one of my favorite things to do is to just observe my wife. I just love just seeing her facial expressions and the way she laughs and the way she does different things. And it’s just really cool to kind of have that perspective and to be able to just slow down now and just take a deep breath and just say, man, this is exactly where I want to be in life. I don’t want to be anywhere else.

Tim Ulbrich: And to be present, I think just what you said there, again, to me, highlights how many things we miss each and every day of not being present, you know, that are right in front of us. So Nick, as I hear you talk about all of the things you did during this year, the things that you learned about yourself, the opportunities to serve, what you were able to obviously gain relationally — to me, it begs the question of do we need to rethink the concept of retirement? So I think kind of the concept that we all know, we’ve been raised in is you grind it out for 40 or 50 years, you save up a nest egg, and you hope you’re healthy enough to use it and enjoy it. And we know many stories of people that aren’t able to do that or things change or they never save it up, they keep working. Does your experience beg the question of whether or not we should rethink this concept of how we do retirement?

Nick Ornelia: I think it absolutely, most certainly does. You know, this idea of just working and working and working in hopes of this great and happy retirement, you know, I think it’s a lot more possible nowadays. We live long lives. The life expectancy is increasing, and you are able to live a good life. And there’s nothing wrong with that way of thinking. Millions, billions of people have gone about it that way and have lived very happy, fulfilling lives. So there’s absolutely nothing wrong with that. But if you’re given the opportunity to pursue something different, to maybe live life a little bit differently, I think you — when you’re able to step out of that rat race for awhile, of the busyness of everyday life and just step back and be able to think and reflect — it help you grow a greater appreciation for everything that you have. And it creates these pockets of time throughout your entire working life where you’re able to just be fully happy and just enjoy yourself and not be caught up in the rat race of life. It’s not an easy thing to do, you know. It takes pretty good financials and a bit of risk, but I think that’s kind of the wave of the future. There’s becoming more and more literature out there about that. There are countries, European countries, Australia, New Zealand, that sort of thing is actually encouraged — taking extended time off. Some countries actually even have walls that protect a worker if they do decide to leave work for a year that allows them to go right back into their same position. And I think you’re seeing more of that today now with — I know Walgreens and I know CVS just recently announced a new paternity maternity leave. We get eight weeks of paid leave whenever we have children. So I think there is a trend kind of in that direction. But yeah, if you’re able to pull it off, it’s a life-changing experience, and it’s incredible. I can’t speak more about it.

Tim Ulbrich: And that’s why I appreciate you sharing your story. I think as I’ve talked about this concept with many pharmacists, I would say most, if not all, say, “Yes. I get it. I agree,” but struggle with the tangible aspect of show me somebody who’s done it and how do I do it? So let’s there in this show as we talk about seven financial steps to take a year off. We’ll link to your blog post about this topic because I think it’s spot on. So we’ll do it in an abbreviated kind of a rapid-fire format. I’m going to pitch each of these out here so our listeners can hear all of them, and then we’ll go back through them one-by-one and hit the main highlights. So in your blog post — and we’ll link in the show notes over at your blog, which is at YPYearOff.com, you talk about seven financial steps to take a year off. Those seven are No. 1, create an emergency fund. No. 2, pay off credit card debt. No. 3, pay off student loans. No. 4, start 401k/IRA contributions. No. 5, start saving for your year off. No. 6, increase 401k/IRA contributions. And No. 7, add more money to your emergency fund, finish retirement savings and finish your year off savings. So first off, No. 1, create an emergency fund. What’s your recommendation for people here when it comes to an emergency fund?

Nick Ornelia: $10k. Quick and easy, $10k. I mean, that’s going to cover everything you need beforehand and then coming home, $10k is more than enough to last you until you get back to full-time work. So $10k is what I had.

Tim Ulbrich: No. 2, pay off your credit card debt. You know, I think probably the most common question some people may have here is how do you balance that with the student loans, which is No. 3. So what advice do you give people there?

Nick Ornelia: So the high interest stuff, get rid of the high interest stuff first. Credit card debt is going to be your highest interest stuff. So if you have any of that stuff, just get rid of it. It’s terrible. Credit cards are fine. You can earn some really nice rewards points and get some nice round-trip flights for your year off by using a credit card, but pay it off in full every month.

Tim Ulbrich: And then third, you have pay off student loans, which we’ve talked extensively about on this podcast. So let’s jump to No. 4, which is start 401k/IRA contributions, which I’m guessing many listening may struggle with this concept of I want to take a year off, I need to save some money. But I also want to be balancing and thinking about the future. So what advice do you have here in terms of people initiating retirement contributions?

Nick Ornelia: Yeah, before a year off, I think it is important to kind of get some money, a good chunk of money into a 401k or an IRA. You know, when you get it into there at a young age, you’re able to take advantage of compounding interest for a longer period of time. And it’s a nice financial cushion to have. Even though it’s pretty much untouchable, you know, it is money that’s yours. And if in the absolute worst case scenario, that you get into trouble during your year off, you have a serious injury or something and you absolutely need the money, you have that money there. Now, it should be completely untouchable in your mind. But it’s that extra financial cushion and that there’s extra years of compounding interest to keep your future financials in order as well.

Tim Ulbrich: Awesome. No. 5, you have start saving for your year off. What is typically — obviously dependent on where people want to go, what they want to do — but what’s a rough number that you give people in terms of how much they should be saving for a year off?

Nick Ornelia: I think $40,000 is — I mean, that’s how much I had. And I lived cheaply. I camped a lot, I stayed in hostels, I stayed in volunteer houses. But I never had to say no to anything that I wanted to do. So if I wanted to spend $1,500 on a safari in Tanzania, which I did, I had no qualms about that. I had the money to do it. Now, obviously if you can’t reach $40k, it is possible to do an entire year for less than that. You can do stuff a lot cheaper than $40,000. And the other thing is, you don’t have to be gone for a full year. You can cut it back to six months, $20,000 for six months. That would make it easier to get a leave of absence possibly. Or even cut it back even further to three months if three months is all you can get. Then maybe you only need about $10,000 or $15,000 for that three months. But $40,000 for a year will give you one heck of a year.

Tim Ulbrich: Absolutely.

Nick Ornelia: You will have a great time.

Tim Ulbrich: And we’ll link in the show notes to the book you referenced earlier that talked about $50 a day. I think getting examples and things people can read will help with that. And obviously reaching out to you as well and hearing your story. No. 6 is increasing 401k/IRA contributions. We talked about that. And No. 7 is adding more money to emergency fund, finish retirement savings and finish your year off savings. What I love about your seven steps here, Nick, is 1, they’re tangible. But 2, what it does is it allows you to go off and to enjoy this year. And I think to reap all the benefits that you did with having a peace of mind that you’ve got a solid financial foundation in place. You’ve got an emergency fund, you’ve got no credit card debt, student loans hopefully are gone or minimized, you’ve begun retirement savings. You’ve got cash for this year off, so it’s really allowing somebody to enjoy that time, which goes to my last question here. And we’ll link to this in your blog as well. But you talk about the concept of calculating your year-off age, which I love because I think it takes this concept, which can maybe seem somewhat nebulous and start to become very tangible and start so that a lot of people can put a goal to say, “OK, at the age of x, I’m going to actually do this. I’m going to make this happen.” So briefly talk us through how to simply get to that calculation of what their year-off age is.

Nick Ornelia: Yeah, sure. I mean, really, all it is is kind of a net worth calculation. You’re trying to reach a goal net worth and based on how much money you make every year, you subtract out your expenses per year so you’re able to figure out, you know, an exact dollar amount of how much you’re able to save to put toward your net worth to pay off debt, to start your 401k contributions and to save for the year off. So based on what your difference, what the gap is between how much money you bring in per year and how much money is going out towards expenses, you can figure an exact age as to when you would have $40,000 for the year, when you would have a good start on retirement savings and when you would have your student loans paid off. So you can, based on that, figure out the exact age that you will be able to do it. So like you said, it does make things tangible to have an idea of what age it’s possible. And then it also opens up the avenue of figuring out ways to cut back on your expenses. And then you recalculate your year-off age, and you’re like, “Wow. If I cut out this expense, I’d be able to — my year-off age would be a year earlier than that.” So you know, it creates that timeline in your head and kind of makes it easier to adhere to your budget.

Tim Ulbrich: So make sure to our listeners, head on over to the Young Professional’s Guide to a Year Off, YPYearOff.com. Again, that’s YPYearOff.com, where you can get more information about the seven financial steps to take a year off. You can calculate your year-off age. You can follow Nick’s journey. And Nick, thank you so much for taking time to come on. You’ve inspired me. I’m confident you’re going to do that same thing for our listeners. So really appreciate you taking this step out, taking this risk, and then being willing to share your story with other pharmacists that are part of our community. Thank you so much.

Nick Ornelia: It’s been a blast, Tim. Thank you so much.

Tim Ulbrich: As we wrap up another episode of the Your Financial Pharmacist Podcast, I want to thank today’s sponsor, Script Financial.

Sponsor: You’ve heard us talk before on this show about Script Financial. YFP team member, Tim Baker, who is also a fee-only Certified Financial Planner, is owner of Script Financial. Now, Script Financial comes with my highest recommendation. Jess and I use Tim Baker and his services through Script Financial and I can advocate for the planning services that he provides and value of fee-only financial planning advice. Meaning that when I pay Tim for his services, I’m paying directly for his advice, not for products or commissions that may cloud or bias the advice he is giving me. So Script Financial specifically works with pharmacy clients. So, if you are overwhelmed with student loans or maybe confused about how to invest and save for retirement, or just frustrated with the overall progress you are making on your financial plan, I would highly recommend checking out Tim and Script Financial to see whether or not his services are a good fit for you. You can get started by scheduling a free call with Tim Baker by going to scriptfinancial.com, and clicking on ‘Schedule a Free Call.’ Again, that’s scriptfinancial.com.

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

Join the YFP Community!

YFP 078: Is Pursuing Public Service Loan Forgiveness Program a Waste?


Is Pursuing the Public Service Loan Forgiveness Program a Waste?

On episode 78 of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast, Tim Ulbrich, co-founder, and Tim Baker, YFP Team Member and CFP, give an update on the Public Service Loan Forgiveness Program (PSLF) and discuss whether or not this program is still a viable option for pharmacists considering the recent data published showing 99% of applicants for PSLF were denied.

Summary

Tim and Tim discuss an update on the Public Service Loan Forgiveness (PSLF) Program as a response to recent data published showing that 99% of applicants for PSLF were denied. This fall, an article went viral from several news outlets sharing data from the Department of Education. Of course, this impacted many people, but it’s important to dive into the details behind the program.

Tim Baker shares the importance of following the program guidelines to be sure you match all of the steps to qualify for PSLF. The guidelines include working for the right employer, having the correct loans, enrolling in the right repayment plan, yearly check-ins for employment certification and making the correct number of payments. One-third of applicants were denied forgiveness due to having missing pieces on their application or not following the guidelines accurately. Tim Baker urges that you cannot rely on third-party customer service representatives to give you accurate information and that you should work with a financial advisor to ensure you’re on the right path. He also mentions that if you are enrolled in the PSLF program, you have to go all in.

Although it may be a small amount compared to the loans that borrowers were hoping to have forgiven, Congress has authorized 350 million dollars for situations where people weren’t enrolled in the correct repayment plan, etc. Tim Baker believes that this is a tip in the right direction and that it demonstrates the potential longevity of the PSLF program.

Mentioned on the Show

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Hey, what’s up, everybody? Welcome to Episode 078 of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. Excited to be here alongside Tim Baker as we tackle an update on Public Service Loan Forgiveness, PSLF program, talk about some recent news that was published about 99% of applicants getting denied and really get to the point as to whether or not, for those of you that are pursuing it or considering it, as to whether or not this is still a viable option moving forward. Tim Baker, how you doing?

Tim Baker: Good, Tim, how about you?

Tim Ulbrich: Doing well, excited to get into this. I feel like it’s been long overdue. We read this article. I’m sure you’ve gotten lots of questions, we’ve gotten lots of feedback in the YFP Facebook group. And I think it’s one of those topics that this hit the news, the headline, I’ll read here in a minute, and I think it was a little bit of sensational news that really, as you start to dig into the details, I think we can provide some level of reassurance that people need to stay the course. And we’ll talk about what that entails as it deals with PSLF. Alright, so let’s cut to the chase. This fall, article went viral from several news outlets, coming out with data published from the U.S. Department of Education that a very small percent, 1%, to be exact, a very small percentage of those that were applying for loan forgiveness through the popular and often talked about Public Service Loan Forgiveness program were actually successful in getting that balance forgiven. So here’s one headline from NPR. It says, “Data Shows 99 Percent of Applicants for Student Loan Forgiveness Program Were Denied.” Now, I think this is a big reason, Tim, for a few different reasons. First, as I mentioned, these articles, when they went out, I think people went bonkers. And you know, I think I’m confident in saying that many people were probably impacted if they didn’t read behind the details and do their homework and how they feel about the future of this program, what to do about their own loans. Second, as we’ve talked about before on this show, pharmacists have a boatload of student loan debt, many are pursuing this program and our estimates, looking at those that qualify, is that about 2,500 graduates each year may be eligible for PSLF. And third, we’ve advocated before on this show that if you’re going to go in on PSLF, we recommend an all-in strategy in situations where it makes sense. So I think people that read this, maybe have heard us talk about this on the show before are like, “Oh no, maybe these guys got it wrong.” So are you getting lots of questions from clients? Lots of concern out there?

Tim Baker: You know, I really haven’t, Tim. I had one resident that I’m working with — she mentioned the article and just was kind of backtracking and saying, “Hey, are we sure about this?” And you know, I just reiterated that nothing’s 100% sure. Like we definitely have our thoughts and beliefs in the program, but it could — I mean, there is risk with the forgiveness programs. But I think ultimately, the phones were pretty quiet. And it’s kind of the same thing like with investments. Usually, when the market, like it has recently, takes a downturn, people are calling their advisor and saying, “What’s going on?” My clients really haven’t done that. And I think it’s about the education piece around not only investing and sensible investing but also like the PSLF program and kind of what we’ve talked about it. So it hasn’t really been as big of an issue as I even expected. So I think part of it is just because of what we’ve been saying and some of the indicators that we’ve talked about that I’m sure we’ll outline here today about the program and where it is and I think where it’s going to go.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, I’m with you. I think we’ve been preaching details on this in terms of making sure you’re in a qualifying repayment plan, the right kind of loans, doing what you need to do, so I’m hopeful that has paid off. So let’s walk through five kind of main points of our outline for today’s show. We’ll talk about a quick review of the PSLF program, the requirements. We’ll talk about what this data does and doesn’t tell us. We’ll talk about what we think those pursuing PSLF should do with this information. We’ll talk about some other recent news surrounding PSLF that I think gives us some insights into the future of the program. And finally, we’ll wrap up with some resources that we have available to help you out with next steps for those that are wondering, is PSLF right for me? Or those that are even actively pursuing it. So Tim Baker, we talked about in Episode 018, we talked extensively about PSLF. So we don’t need to spend the episode doing that. But walk us just through again quickly the requirements related to PSLF.

Tim Baker: Yeah, so typically, the cadence for the PSLF program basically goes like this. You have to work for the right type of employer, and that’s typically a 501c3 nonprofit. You have to be in the right kind of loans, so private loans need not apply. You basically need to be in the federal direct loans. And there’s some confusion about that. So you know, if you’re not sure, and you’re seeking PSLF, probably consolidation. And we’ll talk about that in a second. You’ve got to be in the right type of repayment plan. So that’s typically one of the four income-driven plans. So we’re talking IBR, ICR, Pay As You Earn and Revised Pay As You Earn. You’ve got to make the right amount of payments, so this is typically 120 payments across 10 years. It doesn’t have to be consecutive, though. You’ve got to prove it, so that’s where we basically every year, we’re going to dust off the employment certification and say, “Hey, FedLoan Servicing,” who’s the servicer that basically monitors this program, ministers this program, “Remember these payments that I’ve made over the last 12 months or so? We good? They count? OK, good.” So we basically have to prove that every year. And then at the end of our 120 payments, we apply and we receive tax-free forgiveness, which is important because in the other forgiveness program that’s the non-PSLF program, you essentially have to pay taxes on the amount that’s forgiven, almost like it’s income. So that’s really the way in which, you know, you walk through the PSLF program.

Tim Ulbrich: And I think that’s important that we spend just a couple minutes talking about that because as we look at the article that came out from NPR, other news outlets, data from the U.S. Department of Education, all of those that I see in terms of those that were denied is because of something that went wrong there, besides people who had just filled out the paperwork wrong. But you know, they either weren’t in the right kind of loans, so they didn’t consolidate their loans into a direct loan. They weren’t in the right type of repayment plan.

Tim Baker: Yeah.

Tim Ulbrich: Or they weren’t ensuring that they were working for a qualified employer. And they ultimately were putting themselves in the position. Unfortunately, I think why this gets so much negative press is that the way these plans are typically working is that somebody’s loan balance is probably going to grow over the course of this time period. So I think some people, especially early on, if they didn’t have the right information, are rightfully ticked off because, hey, what the heck? I thought I was going to be forgiven. Now I owe more. And we’ll talk about at the end what the government is trying to do to appease some of this concern that’s out there. So No. 1, you’ve got to make sure you’re in the right requirements. And as Tim mentioned, those are the things around the right type of employer, right kind of loan, right repayment plan, making the right amount of a payment. It’s 120 payments. And then ultimately, you prove it, and you apply for tax-free forgiveness.

Tim Baker: Which can be super confusing, Tim, because even when the program was rolled out, there wasn’t a whole lot of information on that. So you know, a lot of the news, it kind of goes back on the borrower, which the borrower, I think there’s some — you know, we have to figure that out. But I think the way the program was rolled out was just really, really inefficient. And I think we think that the acceptance rates for the forgiveness will get better over time, just basically more iteration, more information, that type of thing. But yeah, it’s not the easiest thing to navigate, which kind of gives us some job security because obviously, this is kind of what we do a lot of these. But you know, it’s just something to really — because when you’re looking at this much debt, super important to make sure that the t’s are crossed, the i’s are dotted.

Tim Ulbrich: So let’s talk about that a little further because I think that goes into the next point here about what this data does and doesn’t tell us. While I love NPR, I think they got this wrong when they said, that “PSLF is out-of-reach for most people who apply for it.” And what they were looking at is that as they looked at the data, nearly 29,000 applications were out there, but of those 29,000, just 289 were approved. So that’s where they got the 99% denial rate. But to your point, Tim Baker, we have to remember that October of 2017 was the first point in time when people were eligible to apply for forgiveness because they would have gotten to that 10-year mark. This program began in October 2007, so tell us what the first few years, maybe some of the information, details, access to forms, how good the services were doing or not — although I think they’re still doing a pretty crappy job.

Tim Baker: Yeah.

Tim Ulbrich: But what was different then versus people who maybe have come out in the last three or four or five years?

Tim Baker: Yeah, well I think first of all, the income-driven plans that are out there weren’t even in existence. I think it was IBR was the first one that came out — maybe it was ICR — but IBR and ICR were the first ones. And now we have REPAYE and PAYE. They weren’t even there. I think the other thing to consider is that the employment certification, which is a major step in this process, that wasn’t even developed until years into the program. So you know, FedLoan Servicing, they’re really the ones that, like I said, are administering this program. And the Department of Education basically chose them to do that. But I think in their defense — even though I think that they’re not a great servicer at all — they’ve been given very little guidance, I think, by the Department of Education. And they’ve really kind of had to make it up as they’ve went. So you know, I think when PSLF was put into place by George W. Bush, his administration, President George W. Bush, his administration, I think the thought was like, well, we have kind of 10 years to figure this out. The problem is is that we really need to have a set system in place 10 years ago so people kind of knew if they were on track or off track because I think that’s the most devastating part is you read these stories, and people are like, “I thought I was on the path for forgiveness. It could have been my loans were FEL loans,” which aren’t eligible, which were a predominant loan a couple years ago. Or, “I was in a graduated repayment plan,” which you can’t be in that repayment plan for that. You have to be in one of the income-driven plans. So the news is devastating because we’re talking potentially hundreds of thousands of dollars. But I also think, like, it kind of reminds me of the numbers, 29,000 applied, it’s almost like when they talk about like acceptance to West Point. It’s like, if you open a file, you’re part of that stat. But you might not actually have even entertained it at all. So it might be someone who’s opening up a file and just saying, “Hm. I’m five years in, maybe I’ll give it a shot and see where I’m at.” But yeah, I think the news, it is a little bit sensationalized, but there is some truth to it in a sense that, you know, the forgiveness rates — and they’re almost like unicorns, people that are out there that are being forgiven. To me, and I’ve asked FedLoan Servicing, how come you guys are not like pointing at these people and trumpeting the fact that they — I don’t know, it’s like a marketing thing that I just don’t understand. But yeah, it’s a super interesting case because the numbers don’t support I think what I think a lot of lawmakers thought. We’re now questioning, is this program really valid?

Tim Ulbrich: So if there’s any pharmacists that are out there that are part of this 289 in terms of applications that are approved, contact us ASAP.

Tim Baker: Yes.

Tim Ulbrich: Right? I mean, to your point about the unicorns, I mean, it feels like this mystical program of like I think people are getting it, but we want to meet somebody, talk to them and really have that conversation. So to your point, though, Tim, looking at the data that was actually in this article from the U.S. Department of Education, a third of applications were denied — a third — because of missing information. So they’re not even complete applications, you know. It kind of reminds me of when you look at application numbers into pharmacy school, well, if they didn’t complete the application, you know, obviously that can inflate the data a little bit. What’s interesting, though — and this comes directly from the article — they say, “But they’re not meeting the program’s requirements because they’re often given insufficient or sometimes bad information by the companies that the government pays to manage these student loans.” And I think it’s worth reiterating that the federal government, when it comes to federal student loans, is contracting out the management of those loans to companies that are out there. You’ve mentioned several of them, Nelnet and Great Lakes and all these companies that are out there. And we’ve talked before, I think we’ve thrown them under the bus many times, so we probably don’t need to do that again. But the point here is that you cannot rely on a customer service agent at one of these companies to be giving you advice on whether or not you have all your t’s crossed and your i’s dotted. Whether that’s fair or not, I think that’s the reality of where some people are getting in trouble like the example you gave of they’re not in the right loan or they’re not in the right repayment plan.

Tim Baker: Right.

Tim Ulbrich: So let’s just make sure our listeners are crystal clear on what the right loans are because I think there’s a misperception out there that if you have federal loans period that you qualify. And you cannot stop there. You have to be in the right loan to make sure you have qualifying payments. So what is that?

Tim Baker: Yeah. So I mean, it’s essentially a direct subsidized or unsubsidized loans. And there’s actually even some confusion about does that include Stafford loans, which are kind of like the new direct? Because if you put Stafford loans into the studentloan.gov repayment estimator, it shows up as an unqualified loan for one of the four income-driven plans. But the easy ones that we know that don’t really apply are the FEL and the Perkins loans. And that’s I think where a lot of people were misstepping. I think if you are unsure, and you’re entering in the program, just consolidate the loans, meaning you turn one or more loans into one loan. And basically, that achieves the square peg, round hole. Now, if you’re halfway through PSLF, and you’ve been paying and your loans are questionable, you’re not going to want to consolidate that because when you consolidate, it actually restarts the clock. So I think I had a case like this, I might have mentioned it.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah.

Tim Baker: You know, the borrower, she had like $500,000 in loans, and half of them were in FEL and half of them were in direct. And we essentially consolidated the half that were FEL, restarted the clock on the PSLF, and then her other loans we just left alone. So she’s happy now, she’s almost there with those. But again, like, the program shouldn’t be, the program shouldn’t be this complicated. But so if you’re unsure, and you’re entering the program, just consolidate them. It’s cleaner, I think, to track your loan. It’s just a weighted average of all of your interest rates. It doesn’t really help you versus like the refi option, which you’re not going to want to do if you’re going after PSLF. But consolidation, I think, would be key to just make sure that you’re in the right type of loan.

Tim Ulbrich: So the third thing we want to talk about is what we think those pursuing PSLF should do with this article. And to be frank, as I looked at this and I read this and after I got over the initial panic moment that I had online, I thought, if you’ve been crossing your t’s and dotting your i’s, I don’t really think there’s anything new for you here except for making sure you’re crossing your t’s, dotting your i’s. If you want to get a second opinion, I think that’s a good practice to consider. I gave you the website earlier, yourfinancialpharmacist.com/crushyourloans, where we have lots of information in terms of articles that you can read, making sure that refinance if you’re pursuing forgiveness is not an option, but if you’re not pursuing forgiveness, you can evaluate that option. Or you can look at a one-on-one student loan consult to get a second opinion. Submitting the employment certification form annually, we’ve talked about making sure you’re doing that. And again, not relying on these third-party companies to be your source of information that you ensure that you have everything correct, making sure you’re doing the things that we’re talking about here in this episode. The other thing I want to mention here, Tim, is that we’ve talked about before that we believe if you’re in on PSLF, you should go all-in on PSLF. So what do we mean by that concept of going all-in on PSLF?

Tim Baker: Yeah, so many times, one of the things that we like to do just as humans is we kind of like to revert to the mean. So this would be, hey, I’m pursuing PSLF, and I get a bonus or I get a tax refund, and I’m like, oh, I’m just going to apply a little bit. I’m feeling a little guilty because I’ve just been paying the minimum on my loans. This has happened, so if you’re laughing out there, this is actually conversations that I’ve had — that I want to throw a little bit more towards my loans and make some progress. The problem with that is you can’t — in the loan situation, you have to basically fly one flag. You can’t go after PSLF and throw extra at the loans because that’s kind of contradictory to what you’re trying to achieve. Just like the other end of this is kind of going all-in on the loans, just being — this is really the Tim Church method. So essentially, the goal if you are seeking PSLF is to lower your payment as much as humanly possible. So this in turn, basically maximizes your forgiveness. So the way that you do that is you make sure — you have to essentially lower your AGI, your Adjusted Gross Income. So the way that you do that, the way most pharmacists can do that is by maxing out their retirement plan, their 401k or their 403b, which for 2019 is going to be $19,000 for the year that you can contribute. It’s going to be maxing out your HSA, which I think for a single person in $3,500 for 2019 and then $6,900 or $6,950 I think for if you’re a family. So by putting money into those buckets, it lowers your AGI, which lowers your calculated payment because when you go and certify with your repayment plan every year, they actually look at your IRS — it connects to the IRS and looks at your tax return to get that number. So the lower that number is, the lower your payment, and the more that you’re going to be forgiven. So the idea of hey, you get a tax return or some of the money that you’re then going to apply towards that doesn’t make any sense. Now, it feels good and it feels like you’re making progress and you’re doing the right thing, but it’s contradictory to the strategy that you’re implementing. And for a lot of people, that’s just hard to swallow because the idea is that the PSLF is a very passive program, so we want to interject some active steps, but really, the most active thing that you can do with PSLF is really just to lower that AGI and put as much money into those accounts that I mentioned.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, I think when it comes to PSLF, you don’t want to meddle in the middle. I mean, you don’t want to — to your point — be making extra payments. The goal is to maximize forgiveness, which you do through minimizing your payments, which you do through lowering your AGI I think it’s also worth noting and reminding listeners in this section that we believe you can’t just look at the numbers when it comes to your student loan repayment situation and plan, right? This is a great example where you’ve got to balance the math with your feelings around the debt, with your feelings around the unknown, and really doing the calculations to say, how much am I going to save potentially through the PSLF program? And is it worth the unknown? Is it worth the — news like this coming out, is that going to upset or bother me? Is it worth the potential challenges I have if I don’t like my current position and I want to change jobs? And I think all of that is important to consider as you’re evaluating the potential savings that could come along with PSLF. The next item, Tim, is that there’s been some recent news — not so recent now, but in the last 3-4 months that came out.

Tim Baker: Yeah.

Tim Ulbrich: The recent news about PSLF that I think is giving us some insights into the future of this program and maybe some insights in terms of where the federal government views this program and their commitment to seeing it through, at least for the foreseeable future. And that was that $350 million was authorized by Congress to basically make up for the situations where people maybe weren’t in the right plan or weren’t in the right option. So tell us a little bit about that and your takeaway from that news.

Tim Baker: Yeah, so in March of 2018, the Department of Education announced this new program that’s called the Temporary Expanded Public Service Loan Forgiveness Program. And essentially, it’s to aid borrowers who thought they were on the right path for forgiveness but were ultimately denied for one reason or the other. So basically, Congress earmarked $350 million, which is kind of like, you know, they’re not going to expand that, but they’re essentially — as people are applying for this type of forgiveness, the funds will be exhausted. But essentially, the demographic, obviously, is a large demographic of people that thought they were on the right path, but to me, I think this is one of the reasons why I think that PSLF has legs because this is Congress basically earmarking more than a quarter billion dollars for this problem and I think recognizing the fact that the government didn’t roll out this program as efficiently as possible. So I think for me, the fact that they’re willing to put this amount of money for the oops situations that are out there — obviously, $350 million out of a $1.5 trillion issue is a drop in the bucket, but there’s a smaller percentage of people actually looking at forgiveness, but I think it’s a tip in the right direction in terms of I think where Congress views this in terms of longevity.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and I think that’s reassuring. You never want to predict the future, but I think the other aspect to consider with the recent election is now that we have a split Senate and House, I think the likelihood of mass transformation of what currently is status quo is probably unlikely. So certainly something to watch going into future elections. But I think those that are in it, in our opinion, can feel somewhat safe and secure in the future of that program. The final thing, just to wrap up here, is just a reminder of resources that we have available to help you out with next steps if you’re wondering, what does the future hold for me as it relates to PSLF? Again, yourfinancialpharmacist.com, we’ve got lots of information, resources. Episode 018, we talked about this in detail. We’ve got some blog articles on this, we’ve got lots of information just in general on student loans. And a huge shoutout to Tim Church, who has really taken ownership of the new link that we have at yourfinancialpharmacist.com/crushyourloans, where that’s really your one-stop shop if you’re thinking about whether refinancing, staying in the federal government system, paying them off, pursuing PSLF, or whatever option, really making sure that you’ve got the best plan in place. So everything from DIY, ultimate guide to how to do that, all the way up to one-on-one consult with Tim Baker if that’s the right option for you. So Tim Baker, great stuff. Anything else to add as we wrap up?

Tim Baker: Yeah, I would just say that if you’re listening to this episode and you’re thinking, man, why would you ever want to kind of go through this every year and have to recertify? The fact of the matter remains that you can’t argue with the math. So I recently did an analysis, a student loan analysis for actually someone that just got done residency on the west coast. And he had about $420,000 worth of debt, student loan debt, which is a large number. And when we actually broke down basically the decision table, basically his most expensive, the total amount paid over the course of the loan, he was looking at about $580,000 versus the PSLF program, which was about $155,000.

Tim Ulbrich: Wow.

Tim Baker: So when we talk about like you can’t argue with the numbers and like that, or it could be a six-figure swing, that’s what we’re talking about. And then the second part of that is like the monthly payment is a lot lower. Like you’re looking at $4,800-4,900 per month in that most expensive versus $1,000 and change. So if you’re sitting there and you’re thinking, man, why would anyone do this? I would say, not so fast. You know, I think that’s the power of looking at this and getting it all on one page and one almost decision matrix because that’s how much the needle can swing with regard to this program.

Tim Ulbrich: And Tim, in that example, that doesn’t even account for the savings that would be accrued, right, over 10 years in 401k’s or other…

Tim Baker: Exactly. Yeah, so it’s even more. So you’re looking at a $400,000 swing and then some. And then what would you have in your 401k after those 10 years or that HSA over those 10 years? Yeah, it’s a huge number. So yeah, and that’s why, Tim, I think too is I think really, people should almost consider this as part of their benefits package. You know, if you’re looking at a hospital or another nonprofit, and you know, a hospital’s going to pay you $105,000 versus somewhere else that’s going to pay $115,000-120,000, those numbers, that’s a drop in the bucket comparatively. So I think it’s important to kind of view that as a whole package as well.

Tim Ulbrich: I think that’s great advice, especially for the students and maybe the residents that we have are listening that we tend to evaluate job offers I think often solely on that generic amount that a pharmacist is getting. Those are the details that matter, right? If you’re working for a qualified employer, and you do the math that you just did in that example, obviously, that becomes much more lucrative. And I think to your point and the example that you gave there, that highlights that obviously as you’re indebtedness number grows, the math on the PSLF becomes better. And so again, making sure that you do the math, on top of that, how do you feel about the debt? What does this mean for you? And for each and every person, you may get to a different conclusion. And I think that’s the value in looking at this on an individual basis. So Tim Baker, as always, great stuff.
Tim Baker: Yes.

Tim Ulbrich: And have a great rest of your week.

Tim Baker: Yeah, you too, Tim.

Tim Ulbrich: And as we wrap up, I want to again thank our sponsor, CommonBond.

Sponsor: CommonBond is a on a mission to provide a more transparent simple and affordable way to manage higher education expenses. There approach is no big secret…lower rates, simpler options and a world class experience, all built to support you throughout your student loan journey. Since its founding, CommonBond has funded over $2 billion in student loans and is the only student loan company to offer a true one-for-one social promise. What that means is that for every loan CommonBond funds, they also fund the education of a child in the developing world through its partnership with Pencils of Promise. So right now, as a member of the YFP community you can get $500 cash when you refinance through the link YourFinancialPharmacist.com/commonbond. Again, that’s YourFinancialPharmacist.com/commonbond.

Tim Ulbrich: And one last thing if you could do us a favor, if you like what you heard on this week’s episode, please make sure to subscribe in iTunes or wherever you listen to your podcasts. Also, make sure to head on over to yourfinancialpharmacist.com, where you will find a wide array of resources designed specifically for you, the pharmacy professional, to help you on the path towards achieving financial freedom. Have a great rest of your week!

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

Join the YFP Community!

YFP 077: Making the Financial Transition from PharmD to Residency


Making the Financial Transition from PharmD to Resident

On episode 77 of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast, Tim Ulbrich, founder of Your Financial Pharmacist, interviews Dr. Michael Murphy, a 2018 PharmD graduate of THE Ohio State University College of Pharmacy and current PGY1 pharmacy practice resident in ambulatory care at Ohio State. Dr. Murphy served as the APhA-ASP National President from 2017-2018. In this episode, Dr. Murphy and Tim talk about his financial transition from student to resident, what he wishes he would have known financially during pharmacy school and how being involved in professional organizations has put him on the fast track to a successful career.

About Today’s Guest

Michael Murphy, PharmD is a PGY1 Pharmacy Resident in an Ambulatory Care Setting at The Ohio State University College of Pharmacy. Born in Columbus, Ohio, Michael attended Hilliard Davidson High School and then headed down the street to complete his undergraduate degree and attend pharmacy school at Ohio State. During his time at the College of Pharmacy, he found his passion in advocating for an enhanced educational experience for today’s student pharmacists and for the future of the profession. Michael focused on these passions through involvement in student organizations and has held several volunteer leadership positions where he served his peers and profession, including his term as the 2017-2018 American Pharmacists Association Academy of Student Pharmacists (APhA-ASP) National President. Michael is interested in pursuing a career in academia where he looks forward to training the next generation of pharmacists and advocating for the advancement of the profession.

Join APhA

Join APhA now to gain premier access to YFP facilitated webinars, financial articles, live events, resources, and consultations. Your membership will also allow you to receive exclusive discounts on YFP products and services. You can join APhA at a 20% discount by visiting www.pharmacist.com/join-now and using coupon code ‘AYFP18’. For more information about our financial resources, visit www.pharmacist.com/financial-education.

Summary

On this episode, Tim Ulbrich interviews Dr. Michael Murphy. Dr. Murphy went to Ohio State University and graduated from his undergraduate degree with no loans. He began taking loans out for his first year of pharmacy school and took out the maximum amount for four years.

Q: What would you have done differently then now that you know that borrowing the maximum amount isn’t the best option?

A: Dr. Murphy explains that he would have learned about budgeting, monitor your day-to-day spending and also shares the importance of not taking extra student loans out for vacations. After your first semester, you can figure out how much money you actually need instead of just continuing to borrow the maximum amount.

Q: What’s your strategy to make finances work well in marriage?

A: Dr. Murphy shares that communication, cutting costs where you need to, and working together to set fun goals helps are ways to help make your finances work well in a relationship.

Q: Did the indebtedness ever play a factor in deciding to continue your education/residency instead of getting a job right away?

A: Dr. Murphy said this definitely played a factor, but he has seen his mentors go through residency and be able to pay back their loans. He said that he looks at residency as an investment to move his career forward and knew that was the best choice for him.

Q: How are you deciding which repayment plan to choose?

A: Dr. Murphy says that originally he was very ambitious and chose the standard repayment plan for his loans. Now, he and his wife are working with a financial advisor to see what will make the most sense. They are going to switch to an income-based repayment plan and work on paying off other loans first. He has a goal of paying off his loans in 10 years.

Q: How did you make the decision to work with a financial planner?

A: Dr. Murphy said that he wasn’t familiar with student loan options, retirement or investments and thought that going to an expert was the best decision. They chose someone that other family members have used and they feel comfortable working with him.

Q: What tangible benefit do you feel like professional organizational involvement has played for you as a student but also in transitioning to residency?

A: Dr. Murphy said that it’s important to think about what brings value to the money that is being spent. APhA is always fighting for the future of the profession so pharmacy remains relevant and a successful provider. APhA provides resources to help you prepare and practice at the highest level. The relationships that have been formed, although intangible, provide so much value.

Q: After joining a professional organization, what advice do you have for students and new practitioners to further their involvement?

A: Dr. Murphy suggests to take a small positive risk like applying for a leadership position or starting a new project that you are interested in. If you are unsure of how to get more involvement, ask.

Mentioned on the Show

Episode Transcript

Tim Ulbrich: Hey, what’s up, everybody? Welcome to Episode 077 of the Your Financial Pharmacist podcast. Excited to have a special guest on today’s show, Dr. Michael Murphy, past president of APhASP, current pharmacy resident at the Ohio State University, excited to talk with him about his transition from student to resident. And obviously, now I just officially began my new job at Ohio State. So excited to be here alongside another Buckeye who’s been a Buckeye for a long time. So Dr. Murphy, welcome to the show.

Michael Murphy: Hey, Tim. Super excited to be here. Thanks for having me on the show.

Tim Ulbrich: So I’ve only been at Ohio State, Michael, for a week. And man, the Ohio State culture and energy and that traditions and the legacy, it’s no joke. It’s a lot of fun. And you’ve been there awhile. What — nine years now?

Michael Murphy: Yeah, I’ve been there for nine years. And you know, I don’t think they can get rid of me. I love being a Buckeye, all of the opportunities that it provides to me, my career, and of course, getting to go to those football games, that’s fun too.

Tim Ulbrich: Absolutely. I have to up my game when it comes to Buckeye gear. I’m lacking the Buckeye gear. So as I’ve gone into work over the past week and been in other people’s offices and been there for a Buckeye Friday, I’ve realized that I’ve really got to up my game in that area. So why don’t we start by just tell us a little bit about yourself, including your decision to enter pharmacy school. Why did you want to be a pharmacist in the first place? A little bit about your journey through the PharmD and then ultimately, what led you to choose and pursue the residency training and the path that you’re doing right now?

Michael Murphy: Sure. I’d be happy to. So I am Columbus, Ohio born and raised. I grew up in Hilliard, which is a suburb of Columbus. And while in high school, I started taking some science classes. I took chemistry. And I knew immediately that I loved science. Actually, this is kind of funny. I was the proud only member of the high school chemistry club.

Tim Ulbrich: Only member.

Michael Murphy: Yes. I was real popular in high school. Around the same time, I started volunteering at the Ohio State Wexner Medical Center. I had volunteered, I would take patients from their rooms to their cars when it was time for them to go home. And I just loved seeing these patients on their best day because they were finally getting to go home. So I knew in high school that I loved science, I loved health care, and I was trying to find this way that I could tie those two ideas together. And around the end of high school, my grandfather ended up passing away. And he had been a pharmacist in the Cleveland, Ohio area for about 50 years. And it’s kind of funny how I just learned more about him throughout the process of, you know, him passing away and learned more about the impact that he had made on his community and his profession. And I’ll never forget going to his funeral and seeing all these community members come out that I had never really heard about before, but he’d made a huge impact in their life as this local community pharmacist. And I knew right there that that was the profession for me. I wanted to be a pharmacist so I could make as big of a difference in my community as my grandfather had. So I knew from 16 that I was going to be this pharmacist. And I went to Ohio State with that in mind and stuck around for eight years, and here I am.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, and I love that story, Michael. I remember when you were in your national presidency of APhASP, talking a lot about finding your legacy and finding that place that you have in the profession. And hearing you link that back to the inspiration from your grandfather is such a cool story. And so you go into Ohio State — and for those that don’t know and while it’s changing right now, Ohio State is a 4+4 program, so you do four years of undergrad and you do four years of pharmacy school. Obviously, you mentioned that you’re in year nine with your residency. So when I hear eight years, I think, holy cow, we’re starting to think about student loans. This is obviously a financial podcast. So talk me through the financial journey. Did you have loans coming out of undergrad in a pharmacy school? And how did that transition work?

Michael Murphy: So I was really lucky in undergrad. My parents were able to help me significantly with my undergraduate tuition, so I did not have loans coming out of undergrad. But going into pharmacy school, I went through the first year of applying for the FAFSA and seeing that transition. It was pretty significant. And I immediately started to feel that burden, just knowing that this money was not mine. But I should be spending it. It was a weird transition. But now, going through pharmacy school, I took out the max that I could for those four years. And I definitely — there are some things that I wish I had done differently, now looking back. I’m glad for my experience, it was a very positive experience during the pharmacy school. But there was definitely things I could have done differently to help myself now that I’m in this financial situation that I am today.

Tim Ulbrich: So let’s talk about that for a minute because I think you brought up an important point that is very, very common that obviously the trend I think is typically to take out the maximum amount of student loans. I did, and I didn’t really think about it in the way I now reflect back on it, right? Which is just part of lessons learned. So obviously, that being one thing you might do. What advice would you have back for your P1 self, looking and saying, OK, I came out of undergrad, I’ve got no student loans thanks to the help of my parents. Now I’m entering into pharmacy school and kind of starting to escalate that indebtedness because of the borrowing the full amount. What would you have done differently in terms of borrowing that money or budgeting through that phase? And what are some things you wish that you would have known during that time?

Michael Murphy: Well, one, I would have introduced P1 Michael to the word “budget.” I think that would be one thing. I watched my money somewhat. But I wasn’t too concerned when it came to little things like going out for dinner or getting lunch, cups of coffee, the normal things that every student needs to do. And when I was thinking about some advice that I could give to a first-year student pharmacist, I would say definitely don’t do what some of my friends did, which they took their extra student loans and they went on these extravagant vacations. Never do that. But also watch your day-to-day because looking back now, that is some of the times that I spent the most money because I would say, “Oh, I’m too busy to go to the grocery store on the weekend. I have to study.” So I would end up having to go out for dinner multiple times a week and go out for lunch. And that stuff adds up quick. So watching the day-to-day can be a significant change in what you can do to help with some of this financial burden. And then after that first semester, you can figure out how much money do you really need? You probably don’t need that full amount. You can budget for yourself to make financial smart decisions now so you’re not regretting them in four years.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, absolutely. And I think a couple things there that really stand out to me, Michael. Obviously, the concept of the budgeting piece, of course. But also just the reality of the nickel-and-diming of those expenses, right? And I think we all feel this now. I mean, I’m thinking of the last time I just logged onto my Huntington checking account, and none of those charges look extravagant, but something here, something there, something there, and obviously, those add up over time. And then I hope for the students that are listening to the podcast, you know, they heard that message of reevaluating how much you really need because we’ve been preaching before on this show at anybody who will listen that when you’re borrowing money in school, obviously that is accruing interest. And then that’s going to capitalize when you graduate and you get to the point of active repayment, which you’re just coming up on now and we’ll talk about here in a minute. And so I think it’s for those that have gone through this situation, and you’re looking at yourself in a situation like Michael and somebody who has around the average indebtedness or myself, somebody who had a little bit more, that certainly you want to learn from the lessons and the actions that you took. But obviously, there’s only so much value in beating yourself up. But for those students who are listening, try to figure out what could I do differently right now? And how could I pivot to be able to make some different decisions? So let me transition this a little bit — my understanding, you got married during pharmacy school to your wife, Robin. Is that correct?

Michael Murphy: Yeah, we got married right after my P1 year. So we actually got married about four days after my first year of pharmacy school. And that was a rough transition in itself because the idea is you’re planning about a year to a year and a half before the wedding. And starting pharmacy school and that transition, things just got put off initially to winter break. And then winter break, we were like busy with holidays and seeing family, and things got put off again. And then all of a sudden, we were scrambling. But everything turned out perfectly, as it always does.

Tim Ulbrich: And one of the questions that I always like to ask any couple or anybody on the show that’s working together with somebody else — and obviously, your situation being unique that you got married during school and you’re adding somebody else’s financial picture into the mix. But for you and Robin, what works well for the two of you? I mean, when you’re hitting all cylinders with your finances and you’re doing this well — we all know that that’s not all the time or we’d be lying, right? — but when it’s working well for the two of you, what is the strategy to make that happen?

Michael Murphy: So I think the most important thing is communication. Working with your significant other to set goals that work for both of you so that you can help cut costs where you really don’t need to be spending money. So I’ll use the example of eating out. That’s an easy way to make a pretty quick transition to you just going to the grocery store, preparing ahead of time, setting yourself up for success so you’re not going out to lunch multiple times a week. But also working together on setting fun goals. So part of financial planning, at least for me, is not just about cutting back but using your extra funds in a responsible and valuable way for your own experiences. And I think that’s pretty important. So you’re not just cutting back, but you’re really using those extra funds for something that means a lot to you. So if that’s for me and Robin, that’s going out and exploring a local craft brewery or going to a local restaurant and doing the things that we love to do or taking a quick day trip or for Robin, who is a dairy farmer, going out and seeing some of her favorite cows and maybe putting in a bid at an auction for a cow.

Tim Ulbrich: That’s awesome. I remember — correct me if I’m wrong — but when you were explaining to me before you recorded of what Robin’s doing, you mentioned something like the dairy farm equivalent of like APhA from an association standpoint. Is that right?

Michael Murphy: Yeah. So she works on her parents’ dairy farm a couple days a week. But she also works for the American Guernsey Association, which is what I liken to the APhA for dairy farmers.

Tim Ulbrich: That’s awesome. I love that. So let’s talk about this transition. So you go through eight years of school, undergrad, PharmD, you come out with roughly the average indebtedness, a little bit less than that. And one of the questions I often get — and my previous job was working with students, thinking about how this financial piece plays into the career decisions that they make. And I can comfortably say I felt like it was rare five, six, seven years ago that many people were thinking about this financial piece in a significant way of impacting the decision they made on residency or no residency. But that seems to be changing a little bit as the indebtedness continues to grow. And so my question for you is did the indebtedness — obviously you decided to pursue residency — but did the indebtedness ever play a factor that you thought, eh, maybe I will or maybe I won’t do this because of that dollar amount and the debt you had, versus just going out and getting a job and starting earning an income?

Michael Murphy: Hmm. That’s a good question. I mean, it was definitely a factor. I didn’t put too much weight into it because I’ve seen so many of my mentors go through residency and take that year of investment in their future and into their careers. And they’re able to still pay off their student loans, and it’s not significantly contributing to any problems that they see in the future. But it was definitely a factor. And I guess it depends on the way that I think about residency. Some people think that, oh, you’re taking a pay cut for that year. I think of it as me paying for this experience. And for me, I want to make sure that if I’m paying the difference between what I’m making as a resident and what I would be making as a starting salaried pharmacist, that that experience is worth it for me for my growth and for a springboard for my future career. So I felt like that investment made sense for me. It doesn’t make sense for everyone, but it made sense for me and for my career goals. Now, the idea of not being able to start paying off my student loans as quickly and as hard as I would like to, that’s definitely been something that I’ve been thinking about a lot lately, especially as now I received my first notice from Nelnet, the company that is managing my student loans, saying that my first paycheck is due to them.

Tim Ulbrich: On your birthday, right? Happy birthday.

Michael Murphy: Yeah, it’s due on my birthday, which is just —

Tim Ulbrich: That’s cruel. That’s just cruel.

Michael Murphy: But I’ve seen some of my friends now that started just right off in the community, and they’re able to put more of their monthly salary to their student loans. And you know, it’s just a difference in what we’re able to contribute at this time.

Tim Ulbrich: Michael, one thing I love that you said that just hit me — and I’m going to use this as I talk to student pharmacists, and I wish I would have this mindset — is looking at the residency training year as something you’re paying for — and I love how you said basically, the difference. So if you take a pharmacist is making $100,000, just for an even number, and you’re being paid as a resident whatever, $40,000 is an even number, that you’re making that investment of essentially — one way of looking at it is saying, “I’m taking a pay cut.” The other way of looking at it is say, “I’m investing $60,000 toward this component that’s going to advance my career and the skills and the development of myself.” And I think that’s huge as a mindset shift, right? I mean, if you think of it that way, all of a sudden, it changes probably how you’re getting the most value out of that experience and from your preceptors and the mentorship and all of that. So I love that. And I hope that you’ll continue to shop that message to anybody that will listen because I think that can be such a game-changer for people to make sure they’re getting the most of that year, to look at that year as an investment. So you make this transition into residency and now, as you mentioned, here you are. Here you are in essentially November at the time of recording this, and you get that happy message that hey, grace period is up. And I always joke on the show, I feel like the grace period is anything but gracious because the interest is still accruing, but you don’t have to make payments. All of a sudden you have to make a payment, nonetheless on your birthday. How are you going about making the decision of which repayment option you’re going to choose? Because so many people get hung up, as we’ve talked about before on this podcast, making that decision. So how did you and Robin work through as you’ve had this time in the grace period to say, OK, once I go into active repayment, this is the best game plan for us?

Michael Murphy: So for me, when I initially went through exit cousneling, I was a little bit too ambitious and thought that, oh, I’m going to be making x amount of dollars per month, I will definitely be able to contribute much more than I actually can. So I picked, initially, one of the standard repayment models, which with my student loans is over $1,000 per month, which is just too significant for what I can currently pay on a resident salary. So I’m now going through the process of working with Robin and working with our financial advisor, which is one of the first things that I did once graduating. I can’t advocate that enough to students is to find a financial advisor, start getting advice early on. But working with our financial advisor to find out which repayment plan would make the most sense for me, especially this first year in residency. And we decided an income-based repayment model would be the one that makes the most sense for us because right now, we can spend some time focusing on some of our other debt, like Robin’s car loan, like Robin’s student loans that are a little bit smaller. And then we can be paying off some amount to my student loans as well. And then eventually, we will be able to bring all of these payments together and be putting our full force towards my student loans. The idea that was shared with me is this idea of a snowball that you’re slowly building up steam over time and as the snowball rolls down the hill, it builds and builds and builds, and eventually, you’re putting your full force towards this one student loan.

Tim Ulbrich: I like that. And so what I heard there is essentially, you had jumped out of the gates and said, “OK. I want to do the standard repayment, the 10-year repayment.” The reality of that, of course, is a big payment if we’re looking at let’s say $150,000-160,000 of student loans, resident salary. So then you took a step back and said, OK. For you and Robin, what are the other financial goals you’re trying to achieve, what other debts are you trying to pay off? How much income do we have in our monthly budget that we’re working with? And then obviously, that led you down the path of one of the income-driven plans. And it sounds like you’re still kind of working through which one of those. Is it PAYE? REPAYE? Is it one of the IBR plans? The old IBR? The new IBR? But I know for many — and I’m guessing this is the thought for you as well — that that is a floor, but then obviously, as time goes on, you can of course make extra payments if you decide to in the income-driven plans. Is that the thought you have?
Michael Murphy: Yeah. Unfortunately, I am still very ambitious. And I think that my biggest goal would be to have these paid off in 10 years. And I know that’s probably unrealistic, but I believe in stretch goals.

Tim Ulbrich: Yes.
Michael Murphy: If you shoot for the stars, you may not get to the stars, but you’ll probably get a lot farther than you would have if you’d aimed low. So I figure I’m going to aim for 10 years, get everything paid off, and if it ends up being 12, hey, at least it’s better than 20.

Tim Ulbrich: So Michael, my prediction — just knowing you and working with other people — my prediction is it’s going to be 5 or less for you. And I think that’s why I think that’s going to happen is as I’m sure you’ve talked with other people, I know I experienced this myself, once you start catching the fire of actually seeing that snowball rolling down the hill and getting some momentum, you just get fired up about making it happen quicker, and it impacts how you make other decisions. So certainly no guarantees, but we’ll touch base and kind of follow the journey. But that’s my prediction here is 5 years or less. But I like what you said there about the timeline. So you did mention, which is interesting because not many new graduates choose to work with a financial planner or financial advisor. And I know many new grads, myself included when I graduated, struggle with evaluating the benefits of what that planner can provide versus obviously the investment in doing that and engaging that relationship. So how did you and Robin make the decision that for you, it was best to pull the trigger to invest in and purchase in terms of the value of working with a financial planner?

Michael Murphy: So for me, I mean, this is going to be showing a little bit about myself, I guess it came down to my naivete. I wasn’t too familiar with some of these different student loan options that I could choose between and also just this idea of investing in my future and in a retirement plan and trying to set up some of our investments. I’d always heard this idea that you need to start early, but that’s kind of where the advice ended. I didn’t really know where to go from there to start early. So I figured that I should probably reach out to someone that has more experience than me, just like how our patients come to us for advice on their medications, I figured I should probably go to the expert for advice on what to do to set myself up for success. So that’s the reason that Robin and I reached out to someone that had worked with members of our family before to help them plan for their finances. It was someone that we knew and trusted and we knew that we would feel comfortable with. And we reached out to them, and our first visit was very positive. They talked us through what the next six months are going to look like and what we can do to help start paying off our student loans and at the same time, start investing in our retirement and 40 years down the line and what we want our future to be. And I thought that was interesting because initially, I was just going to think about my student loans. But if we start investing now, we’re going to see significantly more benefits later on than if we waited. So I thought all of that advice was really impressive. And it gave me a lot of confidence that I made the right choice to reach out to someone for help.

Tim Ulbrich: I really appreciate your maturity for you and Robin. I feel like — as probably other new grads can relate — I felt like coming out of school at 24, and even though I had $200,000+ of debt, I felt like I liked the topic enough and want to learn about it that I’ve got this myself. And the piece I forgot and it took me awhile to realize is that so much of this, especially for new practitioners, is so complicated with all these moving pieces and parts. But also, so much of this is so behavioral that even if you have the knowledge and especially I think in a situation with a spouse to have a third party help work through a financial plan can be incredibly powerful and keep you accountable in that plan, even if you have the right knowledge. Ultimately, so much of this topic can be behavioral. And Tim Baker and Tim Church just talked about recently about the behavioral biases that come with investing. And so we have been advocating over and over again on this show about the benefits — and while it may not be for everyone — what you should look for, questions you should ask to make sure you’re working with somebody that has your best interests in mind. YourFinancialPharmacist.com/financial-planner, we’ve got lots of information that will help you hopefully find and ask the right questions to be working with somebody that we think will help you holistically and comprehensively work on your financial plan and not just focus in on one piece. And I like what you said there, Michael about obviously, it’s just much bigger than just one part, whether that be student loans, investing or any part of the plan. So finally, I want to shift gears and talk about your involvement in professional organizations because obviously, you had a very notable role as the national president of APhASP and for those that don’t know, again, correct me if I’m wrong, Michael, APhASP I believe is 22,000+ members strong. Does that sound about right?

Michael Murphy: So depending on the year, we usually hang out around 30,000 members.

Tim Ulbrich: OK. I’m underestimating. So incredible number of student members, all colleges across the country. Obviously, a very highly sought-after position. And in my opinion, the office of the president of APhASP is a reflection of really the cream of the crop of students across the country that are seeking this position. So first of all, congratulations and kudos on getting selected for that position. I know I got to see you kind of work throughout that year and had a chance to have you on campus at NeoMed and visit with our students, which I know you provided them a lot of inspiration. And so one of the first questions I want to ask you is, what tangible benefit — and I’m sure there’s more than one here — but what tangible benefits do you feel like professional organization involvement has played for you, both as a student, but also in this transition because I know I hear from many new practitioners, they struggle with the tangible benefit of the membership. And they’re purely looking at maybe the cost of joining and can’t necessarily see how that’s going to play a role in their professional development or other areas. So what did that mean for you as a student and mean for you as you’ve made this transition into residency?

Michael Murphy: So for me, now I think that is a very important question because we need to think about what brings value to the money that we’re spending. I think that’s what is so important about this podcast is thinking about what we are spending our money on and making sure that it is all of value. And one of those valuable experiences that I always know that I will spend money is my membership to APhA. And that’s because it brings value to me when I was a student, it brings value to me as a new practitioner, and it’s going to bring value to me throughout my time as a pharmacist. And that’s because APhA is constantly fighting for the future of the profession to make sure that the pharmacist will always be a relevant and accessible healthcare provider. So for me as a new practitioner, some of the tangible benefits that I have been able to get are resources. So it can be overwhelming all of a sudden going from this shift, from student where you have this safety net to the pharmacist. And it can be scary of all of a sudden thinking that, whoa, I am the last line of defense. I need to make sure that I am as skilled, confident, as possible so that I can take the best care for my patients. And I think that APhA, through their practice division, provides a great level of resources so that you can practice at the highest level of your potential. Additionally, I know that some of the resources that you can gain through attending their conferences are out of this world. I just went to the MP Day of Life for the first time in July in Washington, D.C., and I learned about this woman’s health initiative out of Indiana, and we listened to a woman’s health pharmacist and learned about some of the different resources that they use in their practice to ensure that they’re using the best oral contraceptives for their patients. And I took that resource and I use it just about every day in clinic, where I’m getting questions from different physicians, asking which oral contraceptive do I pick? There’s so many different ones with different ideas. Which one should I use? And it’s nice having this resource that I was able to get because I attended an APhA conference. And then I mean, the tangible benefits, I can go on and on. But for me, some of the greatest value is in the intangible — the relationships that I’ve been able to form with my friends going back from 5-6 years ago when I first started getting involved in APhA to the relationships that I’m forming every day with different APhA members. And one of the things that is nice about APhA is not just health systems pharmacists or community pharmacists or managed care pharmacists. It’s everyone. And you can really find different ways that you can get to know pharmacists from across the spectrum so that you can find out ways that you can help them, and they can find ways to give back and help you in your career.

Tim Ulbrich: Yeah, that’s great stuff. I couldn’t agree more. And I had the opportunity to serve as our chapter advisor of APhASP at Neomed and, you know, what I always heard over and over again is there’s a hesitancy from some students to jump in. But once they jumped in, they got involved in the meetings, they attended a national meeting, maybe a mid-year meeting, they got involved in advocacy — once they saw it, you know, and it became real to them, obviously they caught fire. And that was so much fun to watch. And the follow-up question I have for you is I think we have many students and practitioners that are listening that are thinking, OK, maybe I’ve joined an organization before, but I didn’t go anywhere beyond that. And so they didn’t necessarily see the value in continuing that membership. So outside of, of course, making that initial decision to join, what advice would you have for students or new practitioners to then further get involved so they can really experience the value of their involvement?

Michael Murphy: So I think one of the best things that you can do is to take a small positive risk. And if that risk is you saying that you’re interested in running for a leadership position, let’s say one of the new practitioner network standing committee applications that are going to be due on Dec. 1. Take that small positive risk. If you want to get more involved, you can do it. Take that risk. If you’re a student pharmacist, and you’re saying that “I want to make a difference in my community,” start a new patient care project that follows your passion in your community and reach out to your chapter executive committee to find ways that you can get involved and make a difference out in the community. There are so many ways that you can get involved, but what you need to do is ask. Reach out to your local leaders or to your leaders within the new practitioner network, and find out ways that you personally can get involved. I just heard a interesting quote from one of my preceptors the other day. And I think it’s just perfect. And the quote was, “A hungry person with a closed mouth never gets fed.” So the idea is if you don’t ask for food, you’re not going to get fed. You’re not going to get fed with what you need. But if you reach out, you ask for what you need, then you will see results immediately. So reach out to your local leaders, reach out to the new practitioner network, the new practitioner advisory committee, and they can give you the resources that you need to get involved more, get that full value from your membership.

Tim Ulbrich: I love that. It reminds me of one of my favorite books I read a couple years ago called “Start” by Jon Acuff, and it’s that idea of taking that idea, taking that risk and that next step and inevitably, any time you do that, the next door opens and it keeps going from there. And I think it’s just part of that mindset that you spoke of earlier. OK, we’re going to finish up the show and have some fun. We’re going to put Dr. Murphy on the hot seat. I’m going to give four questions in a rapid-fire format. Quick question, quick answer. So first question I have for you, Dr. Murphy, the greatest opportunity you feel like we have as a profession right now here in 2018?

Michael Murphy: I think our greatest opportunity as a profession is to realize the impact that we can have out in our community. I believe that the future of pharmacy is in the community and is a mixture between the community pharmacist and an ambulatory care pharmacist, working almost as a primary care pharmacist. But we need to advocate for ourselves to our patients and our legislators so that we can make a difference in providing preventative care for our pharmacists.

Tim Ulbrich: What do you think is the greatest threat that is facing our profession right now?

Michael Murphy: The greatest threat, that is a good question. For me, I think the greatest threat is feeling content, feeling like this is as great as it can be. I always know that any situation can be better if we have an innovative stage of mind and we realize that through hard work today, we can see positive results in the future. We just need to get to work today. So I think our biggest threat is just feeling content. But I know that we can overcome that if we get to work today, and we will see results tomorrow.

Tim Ulbrich: What’s one step that those are listening can take to help advance the profession of pharmacy?

Michael Murphy: Reach out to another healthcare professional or to your patient and ask them to write a letter to their local legislator about the impact that pharmacists can make in their lives. And this will show that pharmacists don’t just make an impact, and pharmacists aren’t just fighting for themselves, but other members of the healthcare team and their patients can see the impact of pharmacist-provided care. And that will help advance pharmacy on a state level and the national level.

Tim Ulbrich: Awesome. My last question is I know you’re a learner. So what are you reading these days, either for fun or even to help develop yourself further?

Michael Murphy: Sure. So one of the books that I’m reading right now, and I feel like I’ve been reading this for awhile because residency sure is busy is the biography of Harvey Milk. And he was the first openly gay city legislator of a major city in San Francisco back in the ‘70s. And it’s really interesting reading about how this person fought against all the odds. He fought against all these people that were saying that he didn’t deserve to be a leader, but he knew in himself that he was a leader. And he didn’t listen to those people that were trying to tell him the type of person that he needed to be. He listened to himself. He listened to that voice inside that was saying that he should go out and make a difference in his community. So I love reading biographies because I love reading about how great people became great. And it reminds me of this idea that I once heard from one of my favorite professors — that if I read about how great people become great, maybe someday I can be great. And that’s what I strive for every day.

Tim Ulbrich: I love that, Dr. Murphy, and thank you so much for coming on the show today and for being an inspiration for me and many others as well and, of course, for your commitment to the profession of pharmacy. I really do appreciate it and think many listeners are going to get great value from today’s episode.

Michael Murphy: Thanks for having me, Tim. It was a ton of fun.

Tim Ulbrich: So before we wrap up today’s episode of the podcast, I want to again thank our sponsor, American Pharmacists Association.

Sponsor: Founded in 1852, APhA is the largest association of pharmacists in the US with more than 62,000 practicing pharmacists, pharmaceutical scientists, student pharmacists, and pharmacy technicians as member. Join APhA now to gain premier access to YFP facilitated webinars, financial articles, live events, resources, and consultations. Your membership will also allow you to receive exclusive discounts on YFP products and services. You can join APhA at a 20% discount by visiting pharmacist.com/join-now and using coupon code ‘AYFP18’. For more information about the financial resources we offer in partnership with APhA, visit www.pharmacist.com/yfp

Tim Ulbrich: And one last thing if you could do us a favor, if you like what you heard on this week’s episode, please make sure to subscribe to in iTunes or wherever you listen to your podcasts. Also, make sure to head on over to yourfinancialpharmacist.com/ where you will find a wide array of resources designed specifically for you, the pharmacy professional, to help you on the path towards achieving financial freedom. Have a great rest of your week!

Recent Posts

[pt_view id=”f651872qnv”]

Join the YFP Community!